Deck General 2



These pages contains all possible questions which might be thrown at you in the "Deck General" module exam.  When you go in for your exam, your test questions will be selected from the list below.



1580: Shell plating that has curvature in two directions and must be heated and hammered to shape over specially prepared forms is called __________.

    a. compound plate
    b. furnaced plate
    c. flat plate
    d. rolled plate
1581: A vessel is found to be seaworthy after a complaint in writing to the American Consul by the Chief and Second Mates. The cost of the survey is to be paid by the __________.

    a. American Consul
    b. Chief and Second Mates
    c. Vessel's agent
    d. vessel's owners
1582: Which is an example of failure to exercise due diligence?

    a. Overloading
    b. Sailing short of union manning requirements
    c. Sailing with less than 30% reserve fuel oil supply
    d. Sailing short of being full and down
1583: Which statement concerning a short splice is TRUE?

    a. It is used to temporarily join two lines together.
    b. A short splice is stronger than two lines joined by a knot.
    c. A short splice decreases the diameter of the line.
    d. None of the above
1584: The size of wire rope is determined by the __________.

    a. number of strands
    b. number of wires in each strand
    c. circumference
    d. diameter
1586: By paying out more anchor cable, you __________.

    a. decrease the holding power of your anchor
    b. decrease the swing of your vessel while at anchor
    c. increase the holding power of your anchor
    d. increase the possibility that your vessel will drag anchor
1588: You are aboard a single-screw vessel (right-hand propeller) going full ahead with good headway. The engine is put astern and the rudder is placed hard left. The stern of the vessel will swing to __________.

    a. starboard until headway is lost and then to port
    b. port
    c. port until headway is lost and then may possibly swing to starboard
    d. port slowly at first and then quickly to port
1589: Why is 6X19 class wire rope more commonly used for cargo runners than the more flexible 6X37 wire rope?

    a. It resists abrasion better.
    b. It is longer.
    c. It hugs the winch drum better.
    d. It is less expensive.
1590: A thirty pound plate would be __________.

    a. 3/8" thick
    b. 1/2" thick
    c. 3/4" thick
    d. 1" thick
1591: A complaint of unseaworthiness by a majority of crew members to the American Consul is found to be justified after a survey is completed. Who must pay the cost of the survey?

    a. Crew members requesting the survey
    b. American Consul
    c. Master
    d. Vessel's owners
1593: A long splice in a line __________.

    a. is used in running rigging
    b. doubles the size of the line
    c. is only used on fiber rope
    d. is very weak
1594: What is the breaking strain of steel wire rope with a 5/8" diameter?

    a. 1.0 tons
    b. 6.6 tons
    c. 9.6 tons
    d. 15.6 tons
1595: Which picture represents a barrel hitch? (DO30DG )

    a. O
    b. U
    c. E
    d. P
1596: Using a scope of five, determine how many feet of chain you should put out to anchor in 12 fathoms of water.

    a. 60 feet (18 meters)
    b. 72 feet (22 meters)
    c. 360 feet (110 meters)
    d. 450 feet (137 meters)
1598: On a vessel with a single propeller, transverse force has the most effect on the vessel when the engine is put __________.

    a. full ahead
    b. full astern
    c. half ahead
    d. slow astern
1600: A person who sees someone fall overboard should __________.

    a. call for help and keep the individual in sight
    b. immediately jump in the water to assist the individual
    c. run to the radio room to send an emergency message
    d. go to the bridge for the distress flares
1601: What would be prima facie evidence of unseaworthiness?

    a. Overloading
    b. Overstowage
    c. Overbooking
    d. Overcarriage
1603: Which weakens a line the LEAST?

    a. Clove hitch
    b. Long splice
    c. Short splice
    d. Square knot
1604: Which knot would serve best as a safety sling for a person working over the side?

    a. Bowline on a bight
    b. French bowline
    c. Jug sling
    d. Lifting hitch
1605: The pivoting point of a vessel going ahead is __________.

    a. near the stern
    b. about two-thirds of the vessel's length from the bow
    c. at the hawsepipe
    d. about one-third of the vessel's length from the bow
1605: The pivoting point of a vessel going ahead is __________.

    a. near the stern
    b. about two-thirds of the vessel's length from the bow
    c. at the hawsepipe
    d. about one-third of the vessel's length from the bow
1606: To safely anchor a vessel there must be sufficient "scope" in the anchor cable. Scope is the ratio of __________.

    a. weight of cable to weight of vessel
    b. weight of cable to weight of anchor
    c. length of anchor to depth of water
    d. length of cable to depth of water
1607: Using a scope of 6, how much cable would have to be used in order to anchor in 24 feet of water?

    a. 4 feet
    b. 18 feet
    c. 30 feet
    d. 144 feet
1608: Your ship is dead in the water with the rudder amidships. As the right-handed screw starts to turn ahead, the bow will tend to go __________.

    a. to starboard
    b. to port
    c. straight ahead
    d. as influenced by the tide and sea
1609: For vessels fitted with cargo gear, an initial test of the units under a proof load shall be conducted. Subsequent tests and exams of the same nature shall be carried out at what time interval?

    a. 1 year
    b. 3 years
    c. 4 years
    d. 5 years
1610: The joint formed when two steel shell plates are placed longitudinally side to side is called a __________.

    a. bevel
    b. bond
    c. strake
    d. seam
1611: On a transpacific voyage, you receive a message from your vessel's operators saying that your vessel has been consigned to Naval Control of Shipping. Further information is contained in __________.

    a. Radio Aids to Navigation (PUB 117)
    b. the Coast Pilot
    c. the International Code of Signals (PUB 102)
    d. the Light List
1612: Which of the pictures in illustration DO30DG represents a stopper? (DO30DG )

    a. E
    b. N
    c. R
    d. S
1613: Which splice should you use in order to make a permanent loop in a line?

    a. Back splice
    b. Eye splice
    c. Long splice
    d. Short splice
1614: Which bend or knot is used to tie a small line to a larger one?

    a. Becket bend
    b. Bowline
    c. Clove hitch
    d. Lark's head
1615: A towing vessel should be on the crest of a wave at the same time as its tow and in the trough at the same time. The term used to describe this is __________.

    a. tow strain
    b. catenary length
    c. being in step
    d. Williamson's Tow
1616: In moderate wind and current what should be the length of chain with a single anchor?

    a. 5 times the depth of the water in good holding ground
    b. 10 times the depth of the water in shallow water
    c. 2 times the depth of the water in poor holding ground
    d. 8 times the depth of the water in deep water
1617: Using the graph in illustration D008DG, if the dry bulb temperature is 84°, and the wet bulb temperature is 81°, what is the relative humidity in a cargo hold? (D008DG )

    a. 71%
    b. 79%
    c. 81%
    d. 87%
1618: A twin-screw vessel is easier to maneuver than a single-screw vessel because the twin-screw vessel __________.

    a. permits the rudder to move faster
    b. generates more power
    c. can turn without using her rudder
    d. can suck the water away from the rudder
1619: A periodic thorough examination of the cargo gear proves satisfactory. What percentage of the total gear must be dismantled to determine actual internal condition?

    a. None
    b. 10%
    c. 25%
    d. 100%
1620: Owing to the greater girth of a ship amidships than at the ends, certain strakes are dropped as they approach the bow and stern to reduce the amount of plating at the ends. These strakes are called __________.

    a. drop strakes
    b. stealers
    c. throughs
    d. voids
1622: What is NOT an indication that pack ice may be nearby?

    a. The presence of icebergs
    b. Ice blink
    c. Absence of wave motion
    d. Sighting a walrus in the Arctic
1623: A short splice in a line __________.

    a. decreases the size of the line
    b. should be used if the line is going through a block
    c. should only be used in wire rope
    d. doubles the size of the line
1624: Which kind of hitch should you use to secure a spar?

    a. Blackwall hitch
    b. Stage hitch
    c. Timber hitch
    d. Two half hitches
1625: All inspected vessels on unrestricted ocean routes must have equipment on board for testing an individual's __________.

    a. blood
    b. breath
    c. urine
    d. All of the above
1626: Using a scope of 6, determine how many feet of anchor cable you should put out to anchor in 12 feet (3.7 meters) of water.

    a. 2 feet (0.6 meters)
    b. 18 feet (5.5 meters)
    c. 48 feet (14.6 meters)
    d. 72 feet (21.9 meters)
1627: A claim for cargo damages may be held against the shipowner if such damage is the result of failure of the ship's officers to __________.

    a. ensure the fitness and safety of cargo spaces
    b. ensure adequate packaging of the cargo
    c. prevent delays due to quarantine restrictions
    d. correct all defects in the ship's construction
1628: You are going ahead on twin engines when you want to make a quick turn to port. Which actions will turn your boat the fastest?

    a. Reverse port engine; apply left rudder
    b. Reverse port engine; rudder amidships
    c. Reverse starboard engine; apply left rudder
    d. Reverse starboard engine; rudder amidships
1630: The fore and aft run of deck plating which strengthens the connection between the beams and the frames and keeps the beams square to the shell is called the __________.

    a. garboard strake
    b. limber strake
    c. sheer strake
    d. stringer strake
1632: In which casualty case is it UNNECESSARY to notify the local Coast Guard Marine Safety Office?

    a. Your vessel strikes a pier and does $1,500 damage to the pier but none to the vessel.
    b. A nylon mooring line parts while the vessel is tied up and kills a harbor worker who was on the pier.
    c. A seaman is injured and in the hospital for four days.
    d. Your vessel is backing from a dock and runs aground, but is pulled off by tugs in 30 minutes.
1633: The strongest way to join the ends of two ropes is with a __________.

    a. back splice
    b. short splice
    c. square knot
    d. carrick bend
1634: A monkey fist is found on a __________.

    a. heaving line
    b. lead line
    c. manrope
    d. mooring line
1635: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "B" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

    a. after breast line
    b. after spring line
    c. offshore stern line
    d. inshore stern line
1636: When anchoring a vessel under normal conditions, which scope of chain is recommended?

    a. Four times the depth of water
    b. Two and one-half times the depth of water
    c. Five to seven times the depth of water
    d. Fifteen times the depth of water
1637: Which statement about a vessel's stability while dry-docking is TRUE?

    a. Every ton of weight bearing on the blocks acts as if a ton of weight was removed at keel level.
    b. When the ship touches the blocks, the beam for stability purposes increases to the beam of the dry-dock.
    c. The stability of the vessel increases as a dock is pumped out due to the support of the keel blocks.
    d. As the dock begins to support the weight of the vessel, stability calculations are based on the ship and dock as a single unit.
1638: On a twin-screw, twin-rudder vessel, the most effective way to turn in your own water, with no way on, is to put __________.

    a. one engine ahead and one engine astern, with full rudder
    b. one engine ahead and one engine astern, with rudders amidships
    c. both engines ahead, with full rudder
    d. both engines astern, with full rudder
1639: All wire rope used in shipboard cargo gear must be identified and described in a certificate. The certificate shall certify all of the following EXCEPT the __________.

    a. date of the test
    b. load at which a test sample broke
    c. name of the vessel
    d. number of strands and of wires in each strand
1640: The garboard strake is the __________.

    a. raised flange at the main deck edge
    b. riveted crack arrester strap on all-welded ships
    c. riveting pattern most commonly used in ship construction
    d. row of plating nearest the keel
1641: The helm command "Steady as you go" means __________.

    a. steer the course you are on now
    b. steer the course when the swing stops
    c. maintain the rate of swing
    d. don't allow the vessel to swing off course so much
1642: Which illustration represents a carrick bend? (DO30DG )

    a. H
    b. J
    c. L
    d. M
1643: The splice designed to pass easily through a block is called a(n) __________.

    a. eye splice
    b. short splice
    c. long splice
    d. block splice
1644: A rolling hitch can be used to __________.

    a. make a temporary eye
    b. mouse a hook
    c. secure a line around a spar
    d. shorten a line
1646: What is the normal length of anchor cable used to anchor a vessel?

    a. An amount equal to the depth of the water
    b. Two times the depth of water
    c. Three to four times the depth of water
    d. Five to seven times the depth of water
1647: Under Naval Control of Shipping who is responsible for routing and diverting ships and convoys?

    a. The Maritime Defense Zone Sector
    b. The Operational Control Authority
    c. The National Shipping Authority
    d. Any Navy Command
1648: When steaming through an anchorage, a shipmaster should __________.

    a. avoid crossing close astern of the anchored ships
    b. avoid crossing close ahead of the anchored ships
    c. keep the ship moving at a good speed to reduce set
    d. transit only on a flood tide
1649: What is required to be stenciled at the heel of a cargo boom?

    a. Maximum angle of elevation permitted
    b. Date of the last quadrennial test
    c. Safe working load
    d. Maximum load when doubled up
1650: To reduce the number of strakes at the bow, two strakes are tapered and joined at their ends by a single plate. This plate is known as a __________.

    a. cover plate
    b. joiner
    c. lap strake
    d. stealer plate
1651: Which document is NOT required by law to be posted aboard a vessel?

    a. Official Crew List
    b. Certificate of Inspection
    c. Officer's licenses
    d. Muster List
1653: Which tool is used to open the strands of fiber lines when making an eye splice?

    a. Belaying spike
    b. Fid
    c. Heaver
    d. Pricker
1654: Which knot should be used to bend two hawsers together for towing?

    a. Double carrick bend
    b. Fisherman's bend
    c. Heaving line bend
    d. Rolling hitch
1655: Which knot represents a double blackwall hitch? (DO30DG )

    a. F
    b. G
    c. L
    d. R
1657: What is the perimeter of a circle with a radius of 5.1 feet?

    a. 81.71 ft
    b. 64.08 ft
    c. 40.85 ft
    d. 32.04 ft
1659: The safe working load for the assembled cargo gear and the minimum angle to the horizontal for which the gear is designed shall be marked on the __________.

    a. deck
    b. head of the boom
    c. heel of the boom
    d. mast or king post
1660: The strake on each side of the keel is called a __________.

    a. sheer strake
    b. gatewood strake
    c. insulation strake
    d. garboard strake
1661: Which document is NOT required by law to be posted aboard a vessel?

    a. Certificate of Inspection
    b. Official Crew List
    c. Officer's licenses
    d. Muster list
1662: Under defense plans, operation of electronic aids to navigation may be temporarily suspended with __________.

    a. one day's notice
    b. thirty (30) days notice
    c. no notice
    d. a week's notice
1662: Under defense plans, operation of electronic aids to navigation may be temporarily suspended with __________.

    a. one day's notice
    b. thirty (30) days notice
    c. no notice
    d. a week's notice
1663: A bench hook is used for __________.

    a. handling of cargo cases
    b. hanging oilskins
    c. sewing canvas
    d. splicing small stuff
1664: A method used to make an eye in a bight of line where it cannot be spliced is known as __________.

    a. braiding
    b. plaiting
    c. seizing
    d. serving
1665: Which picture in illustration DO30DG represents a sailmaker's whipping? (DO30DG )

    a. E
    b. F
    c. J
    d. K
1666: While anchoring your vessel, the best time to let go the anchor is when the vessel is __________.

    a. dead in the water
    b. moving slowly astern over the ground
    c. moving fast ahead over the ground
    d. moving fast astern over the ground
1667: When the gyro-pilot is used for steering, what control is adjusted to compensate for varying sea conditions?

    a. Rudder control
    b. Sea control
    c. Lost motion adjustment
    d. Weather adjustment
1668: Your ship is steaming at night with the gyro-pilot engaged. You notice that the vessel's course is slowly changing to the right. Which action should you take FIRST?

    a. Notify the engine room of the steering malfunction.
    b. Change to hand steering.
    c. Call the Master.
    d. Send the Quartermaster to the emergency steering station.
1670: The term "strake" is used in reference to __________.

    a. rudder mountings
    b. anchor gear
    c. hull plating
    d. vessel framing
1671: The number of certificated able seamen and lifeboatmen required on a vessel is determined by the __________.

    a. International Maritime Organization
    b. Corps of Engineers
    c. Coast Guard
    d. American Bureau of Shipping
1672: You are to load a consignment of lumber. Each piece measures 2-inches thick, 10-inches wide and 16-feet long. There are 30,000 pieces in the shipment. How many board feet would be listed on the Bill of Lading?

    a. 800,000
    b. 1,200,000
    c. 1,440,000
    d. 14,400,000
1673: A sail hook is used for __________.

    a. hoisting a windsail
    b. parceling
    c. sewing canvas
    d. testing canvas
1674: Which is NOT a type of seizing?

    a. Flat seizing
    b. Racking seizing
    c. Throat seizing
    d. Tube seizing
1674: Which is NOT a type of seizing?

    a. Flat seizing
    b. Racking seizing
    c. Throat seizing
    d. Tube seizing
1675: What is the name of the mark indicated by the letter D? (D003DG )

    a. Tropical load line
    b. Summer load line
    c. Fresh load line
    d. Winter load line
1676: When preparing to hoist the anchor, you should FIRST __________.

    a. engage the wildcat
    b. put the brake in the off position
    c. take off the chain stopper
    d. take the riding pawl off the chain
1677: A vessel is entering port and has a Pilot conning the vessel. The Master is unsure that the Pilot is taking sufficient action to prevent a collision. What should the master do?

    a. Recommend an alternative action and if not followed relieve the Pilot.
    b. Nothing; the Pilot is required by law and is solely responsible for the safety of the vessel.
    c. Direct the Pilot to stop the vessel and anchor if necessary until the situation clears.
    d. State his concerns to the Pilot but do not interfere with the handling of the vessel.
1678: Grade D combustible liquids have a maximum flash point of __________.

    a. 109°F
    b. 100°F
    c. 149°F
    d. 80°F
1679: Manila slings should not be used to load __________.

    a. cotton
    b. lumber
    c. steel
    d. tires
1680: In vessel construction, the garboard strake is __________.

    a. located next to and parallel to the keel
    b. located next to and parallel to the gunwale
    c. another term for the bilge keel
    d. another term for the rub rail
1683: "Herringbone" is a term associated with __________.

    a. anchoring
    b. mooring
    c. sewing
    d. splicing
1684: Temporary seizings on wire rope are made with __________.

    a. marline
    b. sail twine
    c. tape
    d. wire
1686: When weighing anchor in a rough sea, how would you avoid risk of damaging the bow plating?

    a. Heave it home as fast as you can.
    b. Heave it home intermittently, between swells.
    c. Leave the anchor under foot, until the vessel may be brought before the sea.
    d. Wait for a calm spot between seas, then house it.
1687: What is the perimeter of a circle with a radius of 4.2 feet?

    a. 26.39 ft
    b. 21.19 ft
    c. 17.81 ft
    d. 13.20 ft
1688: Grade E combustible liquids have a flash point of __________.

    a. 80°F to 150°F
    b. 150°F or above
    c. 60°F to 100°F
    d. 90°F to 120°F
1689: The mooring line shown as "C" is called a __________. (DO44DG )

    a. stern line
    b. spring line
    c. shore line
    d. breast line
1690: Molded depth is measured from the __________.

    a. inside of the shell
    b. outside of the shell
    c. top of the center vertical keel
    d. top of the garboard stake
1692: Your containership has a container displaying a hazardous cargo placard. The placard has the number 2206 on it. This indicates that it is carrying what cargo?

    a. Isocyanates, n.o.s.
    b. Propadiene, inhibited
    c. Xylenol
    d. Hexanols
1693: What is the stress on the hauling part when lifting a 4900 lbs. weight using a twofold purchase rove to least advantage? (Allow 10 percent of the weight per sheave for friction.)

    a. 980 lbs.
    b. 1225 lbs.
    c. 1715 lbs.
    d. 1837 lbs.
1694: A "whipping" is __________.

    a. a messenger
    b. a stopper for nylon line
    c. a U-bolt for securing a cargo whip to the winch drum
    d. turns of twine around a rope end
1695: What is the perimeter of a circle with a radius of 3.7 feet?

    a. 11.62 ft
    b. 17.49 ft
    c. 23.25 ft
    d. 25.72 ft
1696: Mooring with two bow anchors has which major advantage over anchoring with one bow anchor?

    a. The vessel will not reverse direction in a tidal current.
    b. The radius of the vessel's swing will be shortened.
    c. A mooring approach may be made from any direction.
    d. The vessel will not swing with a change in wind.
1697: Using the graph shown, if the dry bulb temperature is 85°, and the wet bulb temperature is 73°, what is the relative humidity in a cargo hold? (D008DG )

    a. 42%
    b. 55%
    c. 67%
    d. 85%
1698: A flammable liquid having a Reid vapor pressure of 8½ P.S.I.A. or less and a flash point of 80°F or below is grade __________.

    a. A
    b. B
    c. C
    d. D
1699: In which casualty case is it UNNECESSARY to notify the local Coast Guard Marine Safety Office?

    a. Your vessel is backing from a dock and runs aground, but is pulled off by tugs in 30 minutes.
    b. Your vessel strikes a pier and does $1,500 damage to the pier but no damage to the vessel.
    c. A nylon mooring line parts while the vessel is tied up and kills a harbor worker who was on the pier.
    d. A seaman is injured and in the hospital for four days.
1700: Which letter designates the bilge strake of the vessel? (D001DG )

    a. A
    b. B
    c. C
    d. D
1702: Your containership has a container displaying a hazardous cargo placard. The placard has the number 2282 on it. This indicates that it is carrying what cargo?

    a. Isoheptene
    b. Phosphine
    c. Furan
    d. Hexanols
1703: What is the stress on the hauling part when lifting a 4,200 lbs. weight using a threefold purchase rove to advantage? (Allow 10 percent of the weight per sheave for friction.)

    a. 571.4
    b. 715.2
    c. 960
    d. 1066.7
1704: Whipping the bitter end of a fiber rope __________.

    a. increases the circumference of the rope
    b. makes for easier handling
    c. prevents fraying of the bitter end
    d. prevents moisture from entering the bitter end
1705: You are to load a consignment of lumber. Each piece measures 3-inches thick, 12-inches wide and 16-feet long. There are 30,000 pieces in the shipment. How many board feet would be listed on the Bill of Lading?

    a. 96,000
    b. 1,200,000
    c. 1,440,000
    d. 14,400,000
1706: Your vessel is anchored in an open roadstead with three shots of chain out on the port anchor. The wind freshens considerably and the anchor begins to drag. Which action should you take FIRST?

    a. Drop the starboard anchor short with about one shot of chain.
    b. Sheer out to starboard using the rudder, then drop the starboard anchor with about four shots of chain.
    c. Put the engines slow ahead to help the anchor.
    d. Veer out more chain on the port anchor.
1707: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) when it becomes necessary to send a distress message. What precedence would you assign this message?

    a. R (ROUTINE)
    b. Z (FLASH)
    c. P (PRIORITY)
    d. O (IMMEDIATE)
1708: For the purpose of regulating tank vessels, flammable liquids are liquids which will __________.

    a. give off flammable vapors at or below 80°F (27°C)
    b. have a Reid vapor pressure of 18 pounds or more
    c. give off flammable vapors only above 80°F (27°C)
    d. sustain combustion at a temperature at or below 100°F (38°C)
1709: The force acting on a single cargo runner which is vertically lifting or lowering a load is greatest when __________.

    a. decelerating when lowering the load
    b. decelerating when raising the load
    c. lowering the load at constant speed
    d. raising the load at constant speed
1712: You are to load styrene in bulk, which is subject to self-polymerization. You must __________.

    a. not carry any cargo in the tanks surrounding the tank loaded with styrene
    b. inject nitrogen to pad any ullage above the styrene to prevent contact with oxygen
    c. be furnished with a Certificate of Inhibition to be maintained on the bridge
    d. use heating coils to maintain the styrene within the temperatures specified by the shipper
1713: The cheek length of a block in inches should be about __________.

    a. three times the circumference of a manila line
    b. five times the diameter of a manila line
    c. twice the diameter of its sheaves for manila line
    d. twenty times the diameter of a manila line
1714: A "sheepshank" is used to __________.

    a. keep a line from fraying
    b. join lines of unequal size
    c. stop off a line
    d. shorten a line
1715: Which statement concerning a 298 GRT inspected tug engaged in towing from Seattle, WA, to Alaska is TRUE?

    a. Each crew member must be issued a certificate of discharge at the time of discharge.
    b. No able seamen are required.
    c. Crew must be signed on before a Shipping Commissioner.
    d. A licensed Master of Towing Vessels may serve as Master.
1716: Which is the correct procedure for anchoring a small to medium size vessel in deep water?

    a. Let the anchor fall free from the hawsepipe, but apply the brake at intervals to check the rate of fall.
    b. Back the anchor slowly out of the hawsepipe a few feet, and then let it fall in the normal fashion.
    c. Let the anchor fall off the brake right from the hawsepipe, but keep a slight strain on the brake.
    d. Under power, back the anchor out until it is near, but clear, of the bottom before letting it fall.
1717: With a large tow astern, there is immediate danger to the tug in the event of the __________.

    a. tug losing power
    b. tow line parting
    c. bridle twisting
    d. tow broaching
1718: A combustible liquid with a flash point of 90°F would be grade __________.

    a. B
    b. C
    c. D
    d. E
1719: What is a CORRECT reply to a pilot's request, "How's your head"?

    a. "Steady"
    b. "Eased to 10° rudder"
    c. "Checked"
    d. "Passing 50°"
1720: Your vessel is to dock bow first at a pier. Which line will be the most useful when maneuvering the vessel alongside the pier?

    a. Bow spring line
    b. Bow breast line
    c. Stern breast line
    d. Inshore head line
1722: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy, messages are sent by precedence. A message designated PRIORITY will be delivered within __________.

    a. 3 hours to start of business the following day
    b. 1 to 6 hours
    c. 30 minutes to 1 hour
    d. 10 minutes if possible
1723: What is meant by the term "two-blocked"?

    a. The bottom block touches the top block.
    b. The line has jumped the sheaves.
    c. There are turns in the fall.
    d. You have two blocks.
1724: A "bowline" is used to __________.

    a. join lines of equal size
    b. form a temporary eye (loop) at the end of a line
    c. be a stopper
    d. keep a line from fraying
1725: The term "shift the rudder" means __________.

    a. use right or left rudder
    b. check, but do not stop the vessel from swinging
    c. change from right (left) to left (right) rudder an equal amount
    d. put the rudder amidships
1726: When attempting to free an anchor jammed in the hawsepipe, the simplest method of freeing it may be __________.

    a. starting the disengaged windlass at high speed
    b. rigging a bull rope to pull it out
    c. to grease the hawsepipe
    d. to pry it loose with a short piece of pipe
1728: You are trying to rescue survivors from a wrecked vessel on fire. You should approach __________.

    a. to leeward of the wrecked vessel
    b. at a speed of at most one-half that of the wrecked vessel
    c. at a speed of at least that of the wrecked vessel
    d. to windward of the wrecked vessel
1729: The greatest strain, when lifting a load with the jumbo purchase, is on __________.

    a. all of the parts, dividing the load equally
    b. the hauling part because it must absorb the frictional losses of all the sheaves
    c. the parts in the movable block
    d. the standing part because it is directly connected to the weight
1730: A disk with a horizontal line through its center, equivalent to the summer load line, is called the __________.

    a. deadrise mark
    b. maximum allowable draft mark
    c. Plimsoll mark
    d. tonnage mark
1731: You are in charge of a 225-gross ton tug preparing to depart from Houston, Texas, with a loaded 2500-gross ton tank barge bound for New York. Prior to departure, regulations require that you __________.

    a. record the status of all firefighting equipment
    b. record the barge's load line and draft readings
    c. record the condition of the towing gear
    d. have on board an Official Logbook in lieu of other forms of records
1732: Which picture in illustration D030DG represents a half hitch? (D030DG )

    a. U
    b. S
    c. K
    d. H
1733: Separating both blocks of a tackle to prepare it for reuse is called __________.

    a. chockablocking
    b. out-hauling
    c. over-hauling
    d. two-blocking
1734: Which knot reduces the strength of a line by the LEAST amount?

    a. Bowline
    b. Clove hitch
    c. Sheet bend
    d. Two half hitches
1736: Before letting the anchor go, you should check that the __________.

    a. chain is clear
    b. anchor is clear of obstructions
    c. wildcat is disengaged
    d. All of the above
1737: When evacuating a seaman by helicopter lift, which course should the ship take?

    a. Downwind so that the apparent wind is close to nil.
    b. A course that will keep a free flow of air, clear of smoke, over the hoist area.
    c. A course that will have the hoist area in the lee of the superstructure.
    d. With the wind dead ahead because the helicopter is more maneuverable when going into the wind.
1738: Which vessel is required by regulations to have an Official Logbook?

    a. A 100-gross ton tug on a trip between Baltimore, Maryland, and San Pedro, California.
    b. A 199-gross ton tug on a coastwise trip of 610 miles.
    c. A 66-gross ton tug operating between states.
    d. All of the above
1739: If two falls are attached to lift a one-ton load, what angle between the falls will result in the stress on each fall being equal to the load being lifted?

    a. 60°
    b. 75°
    c. 120°
    d. 150°
1740: The group of markings shown is called a __________. (D003DG )

    a. loft mark
    b. load line mark
    c. test mark
    d. water mark
1741: The load line regulations are administered by the __________.

    a. U.S. Coast Guard
    b. Maritime Administration
    c. Lloyd's Register of Shipping
    d. National Cargo Bureau
1742: You should conduct a sector search under which of the following circumstances?

    a. The search target is sighted and then lost.
    b. More than one vessel is available for a search.
    c. The search object is a target that will be readily detected by radar.
    d. An aircraft is available to assist a surface vessel.
1743: A mooring line leading at nearly right angles to the keel is a __________.

    a. bow line
    b. breast line
    c. spring line
    d. stern line
1746: Which would you NOT use to report the amount of anchor chain out? "Three shots __________."

    a. at the water's edge
    b. on deck
    c. on the bottom
    d. well in the water
1748: An Official Logbook is required on which vessel?

    a. A 150-G.T. tug going from Boston to New Orleans.
    b. A 100-G.T. tug going from New York to San Pedro, California.
    c. A 50-G.T. tug going from Miami to Seattle.
    d. A 199-G.T. tug on a coastwise trip of 650 miles.
1749: A sling is rigged on a piece of pipe weighing 1000 lbs. The angle between the sling legs is 140° and the legs are of equal length. What stress is exerted on each sling leg when the pipe is lifted?

    a. 1318 lbs.
    b. 1366 lbs.
    c. 1414 lbs.
    d. 1462 lbs.
1750: A grapnel is a __________.

    a. device for securing a chain topping lift
    b. hook to prevent the anchor cable from slipping
    c. device used to drag for a submerged cable or line
    d. type of clam bucket used for discharging bulk cargo
1751: The load line certificate is issued by __________.

    a. the American Bureau of Shipping
    b. the National Cargo Bureau
    c. the United States Coast Guard
    d. United States Customs
1752: Your containership has a container displaying a hazardous cargo placard. The placard has the number 2199 on it. This indicates that it is carrying what cargo?

    a. Furan
    b. Phosphine
    c. Adiponitrile
    d. Xylenol
1753: To reeve a right-angle threefold purchase start with the __________.

    a. left sheave bottom block
    b. left sheave top block
    c. middle sheave top block
    d. right sheave bottom block
1755: Which knot shown is a French bowline? (DO30DG )

    a. L
    b. T
    c. Q
    d. W
1756: When anchoring a vessel, it is best to release the anchor when __________.

    a. going full astern
    b. going full ahead
    c. going slow astern
    d. dead in the water
1758: As operator of a 199 GT towing vessel sailing foreign, it shall be your duty to enter in the Official Logbook or other permanent record __________.

    a. all information contained on the barge's Certificate of Inspection
    b. the condition of all towing gear to be used
    c. all navigational aids to be used
    d. the barges load line and draft readings
1759: The amount of strain on each runner of a married fall system lifting 2000 lbs. when the angle made by the legs is 90° would be __________.

    a. 1000 lbs.
    b. 1154 lbs.
    c. 1414 lbs.
    d. 2000 lbs.
1760: A hook that will release quickly is a __________.

    a. longshore hook
    b. margin hook
    c. marginal hook
    d. pelican hook
1761: Load lines for U.S. vessels are assigned by __________.

    a. the U.S. Coast Guard
    b. the American Bureau of Shipping
    c. Lloyd's Register of Shipping
    d. the National Cargo Bureau
1762: What is the perimeter of a circle with a radius of 2.5 feet?

    a. 7.86 ft
    b. 15.71 ft
    c. 19.63 ft
    d. 22.71 ft
1763: You are in charge while handling a synthetic hawser on a capstan. The hawser has a heavy strain and you wish to avoid the hawser's slipping on the capstan drum. Which action should you take?

    a. Back off on the capstan a bit and have the seaman take several more turns on the drum.
    b. Have the seaman take a strain on the hawser and carefully have several turns added on the drum.
    c. Have more than one seaman hold a good strain on the hawser and continue to heave easy.
    d. While continuing to heave slowly on the capstan, have the seaman take several more turns on the drum.
1764: The "square knot" is used for __________.

    a. forming temporary eyes in lines
    b. joining two lines of equal size
    c. keeping line from unlaying or fraying
    d. joining two lines of different size
1765: The annual survey for endorsement of a Load Line Certificate must be held within __________.

    a. the three month period immediately following the certificate's anniversary date
    b. the three month period immediately preceding the certificate's anniversary date
    c. three months either way of the certificate's anniversary date
    d. the three month period centered on the certificate's anniversary date
1766: When anchoring in a current, you should __________.

    a. drop the anchor with the bow headed downstream
    b. back your vessel into the current
    c. anchor while stemming the current
    d. All of the above
1767: What is the name of the mark indicated by the letter E? (DO03DG )

    a. Fresh water line
    b. Winter water line
    c. Tropical water line
    d. Summer water line
1768: As a rule, ships of most configurations, when drifting in calm water with negligible current, will lie __________.

    a. bow to the wind
    b. beam to the wind
    c. stern to the wind
    d. with the wind on the quarter
1769: Two falls are supporting a 1.5 ton load. The port fall is at an angle of 40° from the vertical. The starboard fall is at an angle of 70° from the vertical. What is the stress on each fall?

    a. Port 1.5 tons, starboard 1.0 tons
    b. Port 1.5 tons, starboard 1.5 tons
    c. Port 1.7 tons, starboard 1.3 tons
    d. Port 1.7 tons, starboard 2.0 tons
1771: The agency which assigns load lines and issues Load Line Certificates is the __________.

    a. American Bureau of Shipping
    b. Secretary of Commerce
    c. U.S. Customs
    d. U.S. Coast Guard
1772: What is the volume in a cone with a base diameter of 32 feet and a height of 21 feet?

    a. 8,444.60 cubic ft.
    b. 7,732.81 cubic ft.
    c. 5,629.73 cubic ft.
    d. 703.72 cubic ft.
1773: What size block shell should be used with a 4-inch manila line?

    a. 8"
    b. 12"
    c. 16"
    d. 24"
1774: Which knot is used to attach two different sized lines together?

    a. Granny knot
    b. Sheet bend
    c. Square knot
    d. Thief knot
1775: Your containership has a container displaying a hazardous cargo placard. The placard has the number 2224 on it. This indicates that it is carrying what cargo?

    a. Hexanol
    b. Acrylic acid
    c. Benzonitrile
    d. Propadiene, inhibited
1776: When anchoring in calm water, it is best to __________.

    a. maintain slight headway when letting go the anchor
    b. wait until the vessel is dead in the water before letting go the anchor
    c. have slight sternway on the vessel while letting go the anchor
    d. let the anchor go from the stern with the anchor cable leading from the bow
1777: What is the volume in a cone with a base diameter of 23 feet and a height of 14 feet?

    a. 1,648.05 cubic ft.
    b. 1,938.89 cubic ft.
    c. 2,908.33 cubic ft.
    d. 7,755.55 cubic ft.
1778: You are landing a single-screw vessel with a right-handed propeller port side to a dock. As you approach the dock, you back down on your engine with rudder amidships. You would expect the vessel to __________.

    a. drift away from the dock
    b. lose headway without swinging
    c. swing its stern towards the dock
    d. swing its stern away from the dock
1779: Using the graph shown, if the dry bulb temperature is 58°, and the wet bulb temperature is 53°, what is the relative humidity in a cargo hold? (D008DG )

    a. 56%
    b. 61%
    c. 66%
    d. 75%
1780: The term that indicates how many tons of cargo a vessel can carry is __________.

    a. bale cubic
    b. deadweight
    c. gross tonnage
    d. loaded displacement
1781: Which organization usually assigns load lines to U.S. vessels?

    a. National Load-Line Agency
    b. National Shipping Bureau
    c. American Bureau of Shipping
    d. American Regulations Council
1782: When evacuating a seaman by helicopter lift, which statement is TRUE?

    a. The vessel should be stopped with the wind dead ahead during the hoisting operation.
    b. Flags should be flown to provide a visual reference as to the direction of the apparent wind.
    c. The drop line should be grounded first then secured as close to the hoist point as possible.
    d. The hoist area should be located as far aft as possible so the pilot will have a visual reference while approaching.
1783: Which mooring line is likely to undergo the most strain when docking a ship under normal conditions?

    a. Bow line
    b. Breast line
    c. Spring line
    d. Stern line
1784: The "rolling hitch" could be used to __________.

    a. join two lines of different sizes
    b. join two lines of equal sizes
    c. add strength to a weak spot in a line
    d. act as a stopper to transfer a line under strain
1786: You are anchoring in a river where the current is from one direction only. The best way to lay out two anchors is to have them __________.

    a. directly in line with the bow
    b. side by side, with their lines on the port and starboard side
    c. so that their lines form an angle
    d. on top of one another
1787: Which picture represents a blackwall hitch? (DO30DG )

    a. F
    b. H
    c. P
    d. S
1788: Which position shown is the most dangerous when tying up? (D019DG )

    a. I
    b. II
    c. III
    d. IV
1790: Which space(s) is(are) exempt when measuring gross tonnage?

    a. Auxiliary machinery spaces above the uppermost continuous deck
    b. Steering gear room
    c. Part of the wheelhouse used to control vessel
    d. All of the above
1791: Which factor does NOT affect the required freeboard of a cargo vessel?

    a. Season of the year
    b. Geographic zone of operation
    c. Density of the water
    d. Condition of trim in normal operation
1792: What is the name of the mark indicated by the letter F? (D003DG )

    a. Fresh water load line
    b. Summer load line
    c. Winter load line
    d. Tropical load line
1793: The lines led forward from the bow and aft from the stern when a vessel is moored to the dock are __________.

    a. bow and stern lines
    b. breast lines
    c. halyards
    d. warps
1794: A "figure eight" knot is used to __________.

    a. be a stopper
    b. shorten a line
    c. join lines of equal size
    d. keep a line from passing through a sheave
1795: Which knot represents a double sheet bend? (DO30DG )

    a. F
    b. L
    c. R
    d. T
1796: Which safety check(s) should be made before letting go the anchor?

    a. See that the anchor is clear of obstructions.
    b. See that the chain is all clear.
    c. See that the wildcat is disengaged.
    d. All of the above
1798: You are on a single-screw vessel with a left-handed propeller making no way in the water. How will your vessel react when you apply right rudder?

    a. Bow will kick to starboard
    b. Bow will kick to port
    c. Rudder alone has no effect on the vessel
    d. Stern will kick to port, then slowly swing to starboard
1799: The maximum theoretical stress that can be developed on a guy in a yard and stay rig is limited by the __________.

    a. lifting capacity of the winch
    b. location of the boom
    c. position of the guy
    d. weight of the load
1800: The figure obtained by dividing the total volume of the ship in cubic feet (after omission of exempted spaces) by 100 is the __________.

    a. bale cubic
    b. gross tonnage
    c. light displacement
    d. net tonnage
1801: A vessel proceeding to London, England, from New York makes an unscheduled call at the port of Hamilton, Bermuda. What term is used to denote the voluntary departure from the usual course?

    a. Alteration
    b. Deviation
    c. Liberty
    d. Unscheduled stop
1802: Which picture represents a bowline? (DO30DG )

    a. G
    b. H
    c. L
    d. Q
1803: A snatch block is a __________.

    a. block used only with manila rope
    b. chock roller
    c. hinged block
    d. strong block used for short, sharp pulls
1804: Instead of whipping an end of a line, a temporary means of preventing the line from unraveling is to tie a __________.

    a. becket bend
    b. blackwall hitch
    c. figure-eight knot
    d. square knot
1805: In towing it is desirable for the tug and the tow to ride wave crests simultaneously because __________.

    a. shock loading on the tow line is reduced
    b. towing speed is improved
    c. the tow is more visible from the tug
    d. the catenary of the towline is reduced
1806: If the situation arose where it became necessary to tow a disabled vessel, which statement is TRUE concerning the towing line?

    a. The towing line between the two vessels should be clear of the water.
    b. The towing line should be taut at all times between the vessels.
    c. There should be a catenary so the line dips into the water.
    d. None of the above
1807: When evacuating a seaman by helicopter lift, which statement is TRUE?

    a. Evacuation should be from an area forward of the bridge.
    b. The vessel should be slowed to bare steerageway.
    c. If the hoist is at the stern, booms extending aft at the stern should be cradled with the topping lifts hove taut.
    d. The litter should not be touched until it has been grounded.
1808: Which organization would conduct a survey of the insulation in a reefer compartment prior to loading cargo?

    a. U.S. Customs Service
    b. OSHA
    c. American Bureau of Shipping
    d. National Cargo Bureau
1809: The greatest horizontal stress between the heads of the booms in the yard and stay rig occurs when the load is in such a position that the __________.

    a. falls are at an equal angle to the horizontal
    b. stay fall is vertical
    c. stay fall is at a greater angle to the horizontal than the yard fall
    d. yard fall is at a greater angle to the horizontal than the stay fall
1810: Using the graph shown, if the dry bulb temperature is 98°, and the wet bulb temperature is 87°, what is the relative humidity in a cargo hold? (D008DG )

    a. 87%
    b. 84%
    c. 79%
    d. 65%
1811: You are towing a large barge on a hawser. Your main engine suddenly fails. What is the greatest danger?

    a. The tug and the tow will go aground.
    b. The tow will endanger other traffic.
    c. The tow will overrun tug.
    d. The tow will block the channel.
1812: A survey of refrigerated cargo, to certify that proper methods of stowage were utilized, can be conducted by the __________.

    a. American Bureau of Shipping
    b. Occupational Safety and Health Administration
    c. U.S. Coast Guard
    d. National Cargo Bureau
1813: A snatch block would most likely be used as a __________.

    a. boat fall
    b. fairlead
    c. riding pawl
    d. topping lift
1814: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "D" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

    a. stern line
    b. forward spring line
    c. waist breast line
    d. after spring line
1815: "Ease the rudder" means to __________.

    a. steer the course which is your present heading
    b. move the rudder slowly in the direction of the most recent rudder command
    c. bring the rudder amidships
    d. decrease the rudder angle
1816: Which picture shown represents a square knot? (DO30DG )

    a. W
    b. R
    c. P
    d. H
1817: Refrigeration machinery is often surveyed before loading reefer cargo. This survey is usually performed by the __________.

    a. U.S. Coast Guard
    b. American Bureau of Shipping
    c. National Cargo Bureau
    d. local port authority
1818: When comparing twin screw tug to single-screw tugs, which statement about a twin-screw tug is FALSE?

    a. If one engine fails, you do not lose control of the tow.
    b. It is more maneuverable.
    c. It develops more bollard pull for the same horsepower.
    d. It is generally subject to more propeller damage from debris in the water.
1819: The stringer plate is represented by which letter? (D033DG )

    a. A
    b. C
    c. I
    d. N
1820: If a drill required by regulations is not completed, the Master or person in charge must __________.

    a. report this immediately to the Commandant of the Coast Guard
    b. log the reason for not completing the drill
    c. conduct two of the required drills at the next opportunity
    d. All of the above
1821: While towing, what is the principal danger in attempting to swing a barge on a short hawser in order to slow the barge's speed?

    a. The barge may capsize from the sharp turn.
    b. The barge may swing too quickly and run over the tug.
    c. Free surface effect of liquid inside the barge may rupture the barge bulkheads when turning too quickly.
    d. Dangerous wakes may result from the swinging barge and capsize the tug.
1822: What is the principal danger in attempting to swing a barge on a hawser in order to slow the barge's speed?

    a. Dangerous wakes may result from the swinging barge and capsize the tug.
    b. The barge may swing too quickly and run over the tug.
    c. Free surface effect of liquid inside the barge may rupture the barge bulkheads if the turn is too quick.
    d. The barge may pass under the hawser and capsize the tug.
1823: Chafing gear __________.

    a. reduces and prevents corrosion of standing rigging
    b. prevents corrosion of running rigging
    c. reduces and prevents wear caused by the rubbing of one object against another
    d. protects the body against extreme cold
1824: What is the volume in a cone with a base diameter of 4.5 feet and a height of 3 feet?

    a. 4.50 cubic ft.
    b. 7.12 cubic ft.
    c. 9.81 cubic ft.
    d. 15.90 cubic ft.
1826: The knot lettered X in illustration DO30DG is a __________. (DO30DG )

    a. timber hitch
    b. becket bend
    c. clove hitch
    d. blackwall hitch
1827: What is the volume in a cone with a base diameter of 8 feet and a height of 6 feet?

    a. 100.53 Cu. Ft
    b. 131.39 Cu. Ft
    c. 172.72 Cu. Ft
    d. 197.39 Cu. Ft
1828: Your vessel is broken down and rolling in heavy seas. You can reduce the danger of capsizing by __________.

    a. constantly shifting the rudder
    b. moving all passengers to one side of the boat
    c. rigging a sea anchor
    d. moving all passengers to the stern
1829: The term "shift your rudder" means __________.

    a. change from right rudder to left rudder an equal number of degrees
    b. double your rudder angle or go to full rudder
    c. bring your rudder amidships
    d. check the swing of the vessel
1830: Using the graph, if the dry bulb temperature is 76°, and the wet bulb temperature is 58°, what is the relative humidity in a cargo hold? (D008DG )

    a. 35%
    b. 47%
    c. 61%
    d. 76%
1831: A "loose" tow may cause all of the following EXCEPT __________.

    a. loss of maneuverability
    b. lines to part
    c. damage to the towing vessel and tow
    d. a saving in the transit time
1832: The run of plating labeled A is known as the __________. (D033DG )

    a. sheer strake
    b. stringer plate
    c. deck strake
    d. deck longitudinal
1833: The standing part of a tackle is __________.

    a. all the fall except the hauling part
    b. the hook that engages the weight to be moved
    c. that part to which power is applied
    d. that part of the falls made fast to one of the blocks
1835: Your vessel's operators send a message that your vessel has been consigned to Naval Control of Shipping. The message will refer you to __________.

    a. Radio Aids to Navigation (PUB 117)
    b. the Coast Pilot
    c. the International Code of Signals (PUB 102)
    d. the Light List
1836: While towing, what is the principal danger in attempting to swing a barge on a hawser in order to slow the barge's speed?

    a. The barge may swing too quickly and run over the tug.
    b. The barge may pass under the hawser and capsize the tug.
    c. Free surface affect of liquid inside the barge may rupture the barge bulkheads when turning too quickly.
    d. Dangerous wakes may result from the swinging barge and capsize the tug.
1838: You are docking a vessel. If possible, you should __________.

    a. go in with the current
    b. go in against the current
    c. approach the dock at a 90° angle and swing to
    d. pass a mooring line to the dock with a heaving line and let the crew pull the vessel in
1839: When relieving the helm, the new helmsman should find it handy to know the __________.

    a. leeway
    b. variation in the area
    c. amount of helm carried for a steady course
    d. deviation on that heading
1840: You are approaching a steamer that is broken down and are preparing to take her in tow. BEFORE positioning your vessel to pass the towline, you must __________.

    a. compare the rate of drift between the ships
    b. install chafing gear on the towline
    c. secure the bitter end of the towing hawser to prevent loss if the tow is slipped
    d. have traveling lizards rigged to guide the towline while it is paid-out
1841: If a tow sinks in shallow water, you should __________.

    a. release it immediately
    b. attempt to beach it before it goes under
    c. pay out cable until it's on the bottom and place a buoy on the upper end
    d. shorten cable to keep it off the bottom
1842: The knot shown lettered W is a __________. (DO30DG )

    a. clove hitch
    b. square knot
    c. barrel hitch
    d. stopper knot
1843: The sheave diameter to be used with a 3-inch manila rope is __________.

    a. 3 inches
    b. 6 inches
    c. 9 inches
    d. 12 inches
1844: A wooden float placed between a ship and a dock to prevent damage to both is called a __________.

    a. camel
    b. dolphin
    c. rat guard
    d. wedge
1844: A wooden float placed between a ship and a dock to prevent damage to both is called a __________.

    a. camel
    b. dolphin
    c. rat guard
    d. wedge
1845: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and wish to send a message concerning an initial enemy contact. Which precedence would you assign this message?

    a. O (IMMEDIATE)
    b. P (PRIORITY)
    c. Z (FLASH)
    d. R (ROUTINE)
1846: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy, messages are sent by precedence. A message designated IMMEDIATE will be delivered within __________.

    a. 3 hours to start of business the following day
    b. 1 to 6 hours
    c. 30 minutes to 1 hour
    d. 10 minutes if possible
1848: You are docking a vessel. Wind and current are most favorable when they are __________.

    a. crossing your course in the same direction
    b. crossing your course in opposite directions
    c. parallel to the pier from ahead
    d. setting you on the pier
1849: The knot lettered U is a __________. (DO30DG )

    a. half hitch
    b. round knot
    c. becket bend
    d. plain whipping
1852: What is normally used to pass a mooring line to a dock?

    a. Distance line
    b. Gantline
    c. Heaving line
    d. Tag line
1853: A breeches buoy is being rigged from the shore to a stranded vessel. The initial shot line passed to the vessel is normally made fast to a __________.

    a. hawser which is used to pass a tail-block and whip to the vessel
    b. hawser with breeches buoy and harness attached
    c. hawser which should be made fast to the vessel below the intended location of the tail-block
    d. tail-block and whip which may be used to pass a hawser to the vessel
1854: The structural member indicated by the letter F is known as a(n) __________. (D033DG )

    a. erection
    b. pillar
    c. girder
    d. deck support
1855: Which problem is virtually impossible to detect during an in-service inspection of used anchor chain?

    a. Cracks
    b. Elongation
    c. Loose studs
    d. Fatigue
1856: When passing a hawser to the dock you would first use what line?

    a. Gantline
    b. Heaving line
    c. Preventer
    d. Warp
1857: The knot lettered T in illustration DO30DG is a __________. (DO30DG )

    a. round turn and two half hitches
    b. French bowline
    c. carrick bend
    d. stopper hitch
1858: The easiest way to anchor a vessel in a current is to __________.

    a. stem the current and make very slow headway when the anchor is dropped
    b. stem the current and be falling aft very slowly when the anchor is dropped
    c. stem the current and endeavor to make neither headway nor sternway when the anchor is dropped
    d. stop all headway through the water and keep the current astern when the anchor is dropped
1859: You are attempting to take a dead ship in tow. All lines have been passed and secured. How should you get underway?

    a. Order minimum turns until the towing hawser is just clear of the water, then reduce speed to that necessary to keep the line clear of the water.
    b. If the towline is properly adjusted and weighted you can order slow or dead slow and the towline will act as a spring to absorb the initial shock.
    c. Order minimum turns until the towing hawser is taut and then continue at that speed until towing speed is attained.
    d. Order minimum turns until the catenary almost breaks the water, then stop. Order more turns as the hawser slackens but keep the catenary in the water.
1860: A towline should be fastened to __________.

    a. the chocks at the bow of a towed vessel
    b. the most forward, centermost point of a towed vessel such as a sturdy bow rail
    c. the mast of a towed sailboat
    d. a secure fitting near the bow of the towed vessel
1862: How much force would be required to lift a weight of 200 lbs. using a gun tackle rigged to disadvantage (do not consider friction)?

    a. 50 lbs.
    b. 100 lbs.
    c. 150 lbs.
    d. 200 lbs.
1863: If a mooring line should part while you are tying up at a dock, you should make a temporary eye by tying a __________.

    a. becket bend
    b. clove hitch
    c. bowline
    d. square knot
1864: Progressive flooding may be indicated by __________.

    a. ballast control alarms
    b. excessive draft
    c. excessive list or trim
    d. a continual worsening of list or trim
1868: When being towed by one tug, the towing bridle should be connected to towing __________.

    a. bitts with figure eights
    b. pad eyes with pelican hooks
    c. pad eyes with safety hooks
    d. All of the above
1869: You are using tackle number 10 in illustration DO29DG to lift a weight of 120 lbs. If you include 10 percent of the weight for each sheave for friction, what is the pull on the hauling part required to lift the weight? (DO29DG )

    a. 57 lbs.
    b. 42 lbs.
    c. 39 lbs.
    d. 34 lbs.
1870: The knot lettered S is a __________. (DO30DG )

    a. bowline
    b. blackwall hitch
    c. half hitch
    d. hook hitch
1871: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) when you wish to send a message concerning your ships diversion. Which precedence would you assign this message?

    a. O (IMMEDIATE)
    b. Z (FLASH)
    c. R (ROUTINE)
    d. P (PRIORITY)
1872: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy, messages are sent by precedence. A message designated FLASH will be delivered within __________.

    a. 3 hours to start of business the following day
    b. 1 to 6 hours
    c. 30 minutes to 1 hour
    d. less than 10 minutes
1873: How much weight can you lift by applying 100 lbs. of force to a twofold purchase rigged to disadvantage (do not consider friction)?

    a. 200 lbs.
    b. 300 lbs.
    c. 400 lbs.
    d. 500 lbs.
1874: The label required for magnesium scrap is __________.

    a. oxidizer
    b. yellow
    c. corrosive
    d. None of the above
1875: A seam is indicated by which letter in illustration D033DG? (D033DG )

    a. E
    b. H
    c. L
    d. M
1878: When being towed, a fairlead is a __________.

    a. fabricated shape used to change the direction of a flexible member of the tow hookup
    b. fabricated shape used to secure the tow hookup to the towed vessel
    c. line connecting the fishplate to the bridle legs
    d. line connecting the tow bridle to the towed vessel
1879: What is the mechanical advantage of a threefold purchase when rove to disadvantage and neglecting friction?

    a. 3
    b. 4
    c. 5
    d. 6
1880: You are using tackle number 11 in illustration DO29DG to lift a weight of 300 lbs. If you include 10 percent of the weight for each sheave for friction, what is the pull on the hauling part required to lift the weight? (DO29DG )

    a. 75 lbs.
    b. 90 lbs.
    c. 110 lbs.
    d. 117 lbs.
1881: In time of war Naval Control of Shipping Authorities may give orders concerning the __________.

    a. cargo to be loaded
    b. final destination
    c. ship's route
    d. All of the above
1883: The most common method of securing a line to a cleat is a __________.

    a. half hitch, then round turns
    b. round turn, then figure eights
    c. figure eight, then round turns
    d. figure eight, then half hitches
1886: The knot lettered R is a __________. (DO30DG )

    a. double becket bend
    b. bowline
    c. fisherman's bend
    d. round turn and two half hitches
1887: A small light tackle with blocks of steel or wood that is used for miscellaneous small jobs is called a __________.

    a. snatch block
    b. threefold purchase
    c. handy-billy
    d. chockablock
1888: How many legs does the bridle for an ocean tow have?

    a. One
    b. Two
    c. Three
    d. Four
1889: The helm command "Nothing to the left" means do NOT __________.

    a. use left rudder
    b. steer left of the ordered course
    c. steer right of the ordered course
    d. leave any buoys on the port side
1893: A block and tackle is "rove to advantage". This means that the __________.

    a. blocks have been overhauled
    b. hauling parts of two tackles are attached
    c. hauling part leads through the movable block
    d. hauling part leads through the standing block
1894: A load line is assigned by __________.

    a. the U.S. Customs
    b. the U.S. Department of Energy
    c. the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
    d. a recognized classification society approved by the U.S. Coast Guard
1895: The knot lettered Q as shown is a __________. (DO30DG )

    a. square knot
    b. clove hitch
    c. bowline
    d. round knot
1896: You are on a large merchant vessel entering a U,S, port. There is a Pilot on board and he has the conn. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. The Master is responsible for the safe navigation of the ship and the Pilot is employed for his local knowledge.
    b. The Pilot is solely responsible for the safe maneuvering of the ship only if he is required to be on board by law.
    c. The Pilot is solely responsible for the internal working of the ship.
    d. The Pilot becomes solely responsible for the safe navigation of the vessel only if the Master relinquishes the conn.
1897: The tankship Northland is loaded as shown. Use the salmon colored pages in the Stability Data Reference Book to determine the hogging numeral. (Get Table Data)

    a. 43.19 numeral
    b. 46.56 numeral
    c. 49.92 numeral
    d. 55.72 numeral
1898: Back-up wires on a towed vessel provide __________.

    a. a factor of safety
    b. additional strength
    c. a distribution of the towing load
    d. All of the above
1901: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and wish to send a message by rapid transmission which does not require a higher precedence. Which precedence would you assign this transmission?

    a. O (IMMEDIATE)
    b. Z (FLASH)
    c. P (PRIORITY)
    d. R (ROUTINE)
1902: The joint indicated by letter D is a __________. (D033DG )

    a. seam
    b. butt
    c. span
    d. sheet line
1903: When securing a manila line to a bitt what is the minimum number of round turns you should take before figure-eighting the line?

    a. None
    b. 1
    c. 2
    d. 3
1905: You have a large, broken-down vessel in tow with a wire rope and anchor cable towline. Both vessels have made provision for slipping the tow in an emergency; however, unless there are special circumstances __________.

    a. the towing vessel should slip first
    b. the vessel towed should slip first
    c. they should slip simultaneously
    d. either vessel may slip first
1908: When towing astern, increased catenary will __________.

    a. increase control of the tow
    b. prevent the towing vessel from going in irons
    c. make the towing vessel less maneuverable
    d. reduce shock stress on the towing hawser
1910: The knot lettered J is a __________. (DO30DG )

    a. plain whipping
    b. bowline
    c. marline hitch
    d. becket bend
1913: An example of a messenger is a __________.

    a. fairlead
    b. heaving line
    c. stay
    d. warp
1914: You need to make a fixed loop at the end of a line in order to use the line as a mooring line. You have insufficient time to make a splice. Which knot should you use?

    a. Clove Hitch
    b. Fisherman's Bend
    c. Bowline
    d. Round-turn and two half hitches
1915: A butt is indicated by which letter? (D033DG )

    a. J
    b. F
    c. E
    d. D
1916: Using the graph shown, if the dry bulb temperature is 68°, and the wet bulb temperature is 65°, what is the relative humidity in a cargo hold? ( D008DG )

    a. 66%
    b. 74%
    c. 82%
    d. 90%
1917: How many tons of salt water can be loaded into a flat-ended cylindrical tank with a diameter of 5 feet and a length of 14 feet?

    a. 31.42
    b. 15.71
    c. 7.85
    d. 6.25
1918: Which statement is TRUE concerning hawser towing?

    a. The catenary in a hawser should be sufficient so that the hawser just touches the bottom.
    b. The hawser is of sufficient length for towing when taut between tug and tow.
    c. Increasing speed usually increases the catenary in the hawser.
    d. Shortening the tow hawser generally decreases the maneuverability of the tug.
1919: The disadvantage of using three strand nylon line for towing is its __________.

    a. inherent weakness
    b. tendency to rot if left damp
    c. danger to crew if it parts
    d. strength and shock absorbing abilities
1920: Which form of navigation may be suspended without notice under defense planning?

    a. electronic
    b. celestial
    c. piloting
    d. None of the above
1923: Disregarding friction, a twofold purchase when rove to disadvantage has a mechanical advantage of __________.

    a. 2
    b. 3
    c. 4
    d. 5
1924: The knot lettered I as shown is a __________. (DO30DG )

    a. square knot
    b. round knot
    c. bowline on a bight
    d. timber hitch
1925: Which material should NOT be used to secure cargo on deck for a voyage?

    a. Steel chain
    b. Wire rope
    c. Steel strapping
    d. Fiber rope
1926: How many tons of salt water can be loaded into a flat-ended cylindrical tank with a diameter of 5 feet and a length of 12 feet?

    a. 6.73 T
    b. 7.85 T
    c. 13.46 T
    d. 26.93 T
1928: Which towing method maintains the most control over the tow?

    a. Tandem towing
    b. Honolulu towing
    c. Tandem tug towing
    d. Breasted tug towing
1929: How many tons of salt water can be loaded into a flat-ended cylindrical tank with a diameter of 5 feet and a length of 10 feet?

    a. 22.44 T
    b. 11.22 T
    c. 7.48 T
    d. 5.61 T
1930: The holding capabilities of an anchor are determined PRIMARILY by the __________.

    a. design of the anchor
    b. weight of the anchor
    c. scope of the anchor chain
    d. size of the vessel
1931: You are using tackle number 12 to lift a weight of 300 lbs. If you include 10 percent of the weight for each sheave for friction, what is the pull on the hauling part required to lift the weight? (DO29DG )

    a. 80 lbs.
    b. 69 lbs.
    c. 55 lbs.
    d. 50 lbs.
1933: When checking a mooring line, you should __________.

    a. ensure the bight is not fouled between the ship and the dock by taking up slack
    b. pay out slack smartly and keep free for running
    c. secure more turns to hold the line against any strain, then clear the area
    d. surge the line so that it maintains a strain without parting
1935: The knot lettered H in illustration DO30DG is a __________. (DO30DG )

    a. becket bend
    b. bowline
    c. plain whipping
    d. crown knot
1936: A "gypsy" or "gypsyhead" is a __________.

    a. punt used for painting over the side
    b. small, reciprocating steam engine
    c. spool-shaped drum fitted on a winch
    d. swinging derrick
1938: Towing a structure using two tugs approximately side by side, each using one hawser, is referred to as a __________.

    a. tandem tow
    b. Honolulu tow
    c. breasted tug tow
    d. tandem tug tow
1939: You are on a vessel that has broken down and are preparing to be taken in tow. You will use your anchor cable as part of the towline. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. The anchor cable should be veered enough to allow the towline connection to be just forward of your bow.
    b. The anchor cable should be veered enough to allow the towline connection to be immediately astern of the towing vessel.
    c. The strain of the tow is taken by the riding pawl, chain stopper, and anchor windlass brake.
    d. The anchor cable should be led out through a chock, if possible, to avoid a sharp nip at the hawsepipe lip.
1940: Nonflammable gases should have what kind of label?

    a. Skull and crossbones
    b. White
    c. Green
    d. Red
1941: The helm command "Left twenty" means __________.

    a. change course twenty degrees to the left
    b. put the rudder left twenty degrees
    c. put the rudder hard left for the first twenty degrees of swing
    d. put the rudder left twenty degrees and then ease back as the vessel starts swinging
1943: In order to pay out or slack a mooring line which is under strain, you should __________.

    a. sluice the line
    b. surge the line
    c. stopper the line
    d. slip the line
1944: The garboard strake is indicated by which letter? (D033DG )

    a. A
    b. B
    c. G
    d. H
1945: One of your crew members falls overboard from the starboard side. You should IMMEDIATELY __________.

    a. apply left rudder
    b. throw the crew member a life preserver
    c. begin backing your engines
    d. position your vessel to windward and begin recovery
1948: The Honolulu (Christmas tree) tow was devised to __________.

    a. keep the catenary to a minimum
    b. allow easy removal of a center tow
    c. reduce hawser length
    d. increase the catenary
1949: Using a scope of 5, determine how many feet of cable you should put out to anchor in 5 fathoms of water.

    a. 100 feet
    b. 150 feet
    c. 200 feet
    d. 250 feet
1950: You are proceeding to a distress site and expect large numbers of people in the water. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. You should stop to windward of the survivors in the water and only use the ship's boats to recover the survivors.
    b. If the survivors are in inflatable rafts you should approach from windward to create a lee for the survivors.
    c. An inflatable liferaft secured alongside can be an effective boarding station for transfer of survivors from the boats.
    d. Survivors in the water should never be permitted alongside due to the possibility of injury from the vessel.
1951: A case received for shipment is marked as shown. The portion of the symbol indicated by the letter A is _______ . (D043DG )

    a. a stowage sequence marking
    b. the consignee's marking
    c. a stowage mark, showing the top of the case
    d. the symbol for toxic contents
1953: What is likely to occur when you are surging synthetic mooring lines on the gypsyhead during mooring operations?

    a. The lines may jam and then jump off the gypsyhead.
    b. If there is sudden strain on the line, the man tending the line may be pulled into the gypsyhead.
    c. The lines' surging may cause the vessel to surge.
    d. The heat generated may cause the lines to temporarily fuse to the gypsyhead.
1956: Which lien against a vessel would be settled FIRST?

    a. Maintenance and cure
    b. Vessel mortgage
    c. Salvage lien
    d. Ship repairer's lien
1957: The strake of shell plating indicated by letter H is known as the __________. (D033DG )

    a. sheer strake
    b. outboard keel plate
    c. garboard strake
    d. bilge strake
1958: When tandem tug towing, the more powerful of the two tugs should be __________.

    a. the lead tug
    b. behind the lead tug
    c. towing at a right angle to the smaller tug
    d. towing at a faster speed than the smaller tug
1958: When tandem tug towing, the more powerful of the two tugs should be __________.

    a. the lead tug
    b. behind the lead tug
    c. towing at a right angle to the smaller tug
    d. towing at a faster speed than the smaller tug
1959: A vessel is involved in a casualty. The cost of property damage includes the __________.

    a. damage claims awarded to individuals or companies involved in the casualty, up to a maximum of $50,000
    b. loss of revenue while the vessel is being repaired, up to a maximum of $50,000
    c. cost of labor and material to restore the vessel to the service condition which existed before the casualty
    d. All of the above
1960: The knot lettered G in the illustration is a __________. (DO30DG )

    a. round turn and two half hitches
    b. fisherman's bend
    c. timber hitch
    d. barrel hitch
1961: A sufficient amount of chain must be veered when anchoring a vessel to ensure __________.

    a. the vessel has enough room to swing while at anchor
    b. the anchor flukes bite into the ocean bottom
    c. there is a sufficient scope of chain to keep the anchor on the bottom
    d. there is more chain out than there is in the chain locker
1962: The maximum draft to which a vessel can legally be submerged is indicated by the __________.

    a. load line mark
    b. Certificate of Inspection
    c. Muster List ("Station Bill")
    d. tonnage mark
1963: What should you do to a line to prevent fraying where it passes over the side of the vessel?

    a. Worm that part of the line.
    b. Splice that part of the line.
    c. Cover it with chafing gear.
    d. Install a cleat.
1963: What should you do to a line to prevent fraying where it passes over the side of the vessel?

    a. Worm that part of the line.
    b. Splice that part of the line.
    c. Cover it with chafing gear.
    d. Install a cleat.
1965: A maritime lien may be placed against __________.

    a. any assets that a ship's owner may have
    b. a vessel, cargo, or freight
    c. objects that are fixed and immovable, such as wharves
    d. the vessel only
1966: The turning circle of a vessel making a turn of over 360 degrees is the path followed by the __________.

    a. bow
    b. bridge
    c. center of gravity
    d. centerline
1967: Using the graph shown, if the dry bulb temperature is 92°, and the wet bulb temperature is 85°, what is the relative humidity in a cargo hold? (D008DG )

    a. 75%
    b. 81%
    c. 84%
    d. 88%
1969: If you shorten the scope of anchor cable, your anchor's holding power __________.

    a. decreases
    b. increases
    c. remains the same
    d. has no relation to the scope
1970: The structural member indicated by the letter L is a __________. (D033DG )

    a. web frame
    b. bilge keel
    c. side keel
    d. longitudinal
1972: Payment of penalty for a ship's delay after the expiration of lay days due to some fault of the charterer or his agent is known as __________.

    a. demurrage
    b. late fee
    c. miscibility
    d. volatility
1973: Which statement is TRUE about placing the eyes of two mooring lines on the same bollard?

    a. Put one line at the low point and one at the high point of the bollard so they don't touch.
    b. Take the eye of the second line up through the eye of the first line before putting the second line on the bollard.
    c. Never put two mooring lines on the same bollard.
    d. The mooring line forward should be put on the bollard first.
1974: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy, messages are sent by precedence. A message designated PRIORITY will be delivered within __________.

    a. 1 to 6 hours
    b. 30 minutes to 1 hour
    c. 3 hours to start of business the following day
    d. 10 minutes if possible
1975: The knot lettered F in illustration DO30DG is a __________. (DO30DG )

    a. becket bend
    b. square knot
    c. fisherman's bend
    d. round turn and two half hitches
1976: Which letter indicates a longitudinal? (D033DG )

    a. C
    b. E
    c. L
    d. M
1977: On a crane, the boom indicator tells the operator what angle the boom angle is compared to the __________.

    a. vertical position
    b. horizontal position
    c. boom stop angle
    d. minimum radius angle
1978: When towing, the least amount of tension will be on each bridle leg when the two legs __________.

    a. form a large angle with each other
    b. form a small angle with each other
    c. are of unequal length
    d. are joined by a fishplate
1979: What is a proper size block to use with a 3-inch circumference Manila line?

    a. At least a 12-inch sheave
    b. 9-inch cheek, 6-inch sheave
    c. 8-inch cheek, any size sheave
    d. 6-inch cheek, 4-inch sheave
1980: What is the name of the mark indicated by the letter C? (DO03DG )

    a. Fresh water line
    b. Tropical water line
    c. Summer water line
    d. Winter North Atlantic water line
1981: The boom stops on a pedestal crane prevent the boom from __________.

    a. being raised too high
    b. swinging at sea
    c. overloading when not in use
    d. being lowered too low
1982: You are using tackle number 8 to lift a weight of 100 lbs. If you include 10 percent of the weight for each sheave for friction, what is the pull on the hauling part required to lift the weight? (DO29DG )

    a. 120 lbs.
    b. 55 lbs.
    c. 40 lbs.
    d. 37 lbs.
1983: When a line is subject to wear where it passes through a mooring chock, it should be __________.

    a. wormed, parceled, and served
    b. wrapped with heavy tape
    c. wrapped with chafing gear
    d. wrapped in leather
1984: Your load line certificate expires on 27 May 1988. The vessel is surveyed on that date and is found satisfactory. You are sailing foreign the same day. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. A new certificate must be issued before you sail.
    b. The existing certificate is endorsed as valid for a five year period commencing 27 May 1988.
    c. The existing certificate is extended for a period of up to 150 days.
    d. The existing certificate is extended until the first foreign port of call where a new certificate will be issued by the local surveyor.
1985: You are on a 165 foot (50.3 meters) long vessel with a draft of 9 feet (2.7 meters) and twin screws. Which statement about rescuing a survivor in the water with ship pickup is TRUE?

    a. You should stop to windward of the man and drift down on him.
    b. You should stop with the man on your weather beam and twist the ship up to him.
    c. A pickup off the weather bow gives maximum maneuverability with the least possibility of injury to the man.
    d. Ship pick up should never be used with a shallow draft vessel.
1988: When towing, what is the main reason for using a chain bridle on a wire hawser?

    a. It makes for an easy connection.
    b. It gives a spring effect to cushion the shock.
    c. It eliminates the necessity of a swivel.
    d. It does not chafe.
1989: If you were to pass a stopper on a wire rope, what should the stopper be made of?

    a. Wire
    b. Manila
    c. Nylon
    d. Chain
1990: Upon receipt of a distress message, a merchant vessel is bound to proceed to the scene of the distress. Under which of the following cases would this NOT be true?

    a. The vessel would arrive at the distress scene more than 36 hours after the receipt of the initial distress message.
    b. There are vessels closer to the distress scene that are proceeding to assist.
    c. The Master of the vessel in distress has requisitioned another vessel, and that vessel has accepted the requisition.
    d. You are on a tank vessel and the distress involves a major fire on board the other vessel.
1991: Using the graph shown, if the dry bulb temperature is 91°, and the wet bulb temperature is 87°, what is the relative humidity in a cargo hold? (D008DG )

    a. 79%
    b. 85%
    c. 91%
    d. 98%
1992: While the Pilot is embarked he or she __________.

    a. is solely responsible for the safe navigation of the vessel
    b. is a specialist hired for his or her local navigational knowledge
    c. relieves the officer of the watch
    d. relieves the Master of his duties
1993: The usual method of arranging a line on deck so that it will run out easily without kinking or fouling is __________.

    a. coiling the line
    b. faking down the line
    c. flemishing the line
    d. racking the line
1994: The space indicated by the letter J is known as the __________. (D033DG )

    a. double bottom
    b. flooding barrier
    c. floor space
    d. bilge tank
1995: The single turn method of returning to a man overboard should be used ONLY if __________.

    a. the man is reported missing rather than immediately seen as he falls overboard
    b. the vessel is very maneuverable
    c. the conning officer is inexperienced
    d. a boat will be used to recover the man
1996: Which method should be used to secure a manila line to bitts?

    a. A round turn on the bitt farthest from the strain and then figure eights
    b. A round turn on the bitt closest to the strain and then figure eights
    c. Figure eights and then a round turn at the top of both bitts
    d. Only figure eights are necessary on both bitts
1997: What is the name of tackle number 12? (DO29DG )

    a. Threefold purchase
    b. Davit tackle
    c. Deck tackle
    d. Gin tackle
1998: When towing in an open seaway, it is important to use a towing line __________.

    a. made only of wire rope, due to possible weather conditions
    b. that will have the tow on a crest while your vessel is in a trough
    c. that will have the tow on a crest while your vessel is on a crest
    d. with little dip to gain maximum control of the tow
1999: When shoring a damaged bulkhead, effort should be taken to spread the pressure over the __________.

    a. maximum possible area
    b. minimum possible area
    c. nearest watertight door
    d. nearest longitudinal girder
2000: The vessel has broken down and you are going to take her in tow. The wind is on her starboard beam. Both vessels are making the same amount of leeway. Where should you position your vessel when you start running lines? (D025DG )

    a. A
    b. B
    c. C
    d. D
2001: You are using tackle number 9 in illustration DO29DG to lift a weight of 120 lbs. If you include 10 percent of the weight for each sheave for friction, what is the pull on the hauling part required to lift the weight? (DO29DG )

    a. 52 lbs.
    b. 39 lbs.
    c. 30 lbs.
    d. 27 lbs.
2002: The structural member indicated by the letter K was fitted in segments between continuous longitudinals. It is known as which type of floor? (D033DG )

    a. Intercostal
    b. Open
    c. Lightened
    d. Non-watertight
2003: Chafing gear is used to __________.

    a. anchor the boat
    b. pick up heavy loads
    c. protect fiber rope from abrasion
    d. strengthen mooring lines
2003: Chafing gear is used to __________.

    a. anchor the boat
    b. pick up heavy loads
    c. protect fiber rope from abrasion
    d. strengthen mooring lines
2005: A block that can be opened at the hook or shackle end to receive a bight of the line is a __________.

    a. bight block
    b. gin block
    c. heel block
    d. snatch block
2007: The helm command "shift your rudder" means __________.

    a. double your rudder angle or go to full rudder
    b. change from right rudder to left rudder an equal number of degrees
    c. bring your rudder amidships
    d. check the swing of the vessel
2008: When towing another vessel, the length of the towing line should be __________.

    a. as long as possible
    b. as short as possible under the circumstances and not over two wave lengths
    c. such that one vessel will be on a crest while the other is in a trough
    d. such that the vessels will be in step
2009: A cargo of canned foodstuffs is packed in cartons. Each carton is 36 cubic feet and weighs 380 pounds. What is the stowage factor of the cargo?

    a. 9.5
    b. 62
    c. 212
    d. 237
2010: On the cargo manifest, the total weight of a box containing cargo is the __________.

    a. tare weight
    b. net weight
    c. gross weight
    d. cargo weight
2011: The structural member indicated by the letter K is a __________. (D033DG )

    a. longitudinal frame
    b. stringer
    c. girder
    d. floor
2013: A mooring line that checks forward motion of a vessel at a pier is a __________.

    a. bow line
    b. forward bow line
    c. stern line
    d. stern breast line
2014: You are using tackle number 12, as shown, to lift a weight. The hauling part of this tackle is bent to the weight hook (w) of tackle number 2. What is the mechanical advantage of this rig? (D029DG )

    a. 9
    b. 10
    c. 14
    d. 21
2015: During a period of "whiteout", you should expect which of the following?

    a. Snowfall or blowing snow
    b. Lack of ability to estimate distance
    c. Harsh contrast between sun-illuminated snow cover and the background
    d. Hazy horizons with extensive mirage effects
2016: The revolving drum of a winch used to haul lines is called a __________.

    a. bull gear
    b. gypsyhead
    c. spanner
    d. wildcat
2018: When towing astern, one way to reduce yawing of the tow is to __________.

    a. trim the tow by the stern
    b. trim the tow by the head
    c. have the tow on an even keel
    d. list the tow on the side it is yawing
2019: A man was sighted as he fell overboard. After completing a Williamson turn, the man is not sighted. What type of search should be conducted?

    a. Expanding circle
    b. Sector search
    c. Parallel track pattern
    d. Datum-drift search
2020: To facilitate passing the end of a large rope through a block, you could use a __________.

    a. gantline
    b. head line
    c. reeving line
    d. sail line
2022: In determining the scope of cable to be used when anchoring, what would NOT be considered?

    a. Depth of the water
    b. Character of the holding ground
    c. maintenance cost for the chain
    d. Type of anchor cable
2023: A mooring line leading at nearly right angles to the keel is a __________.

    a. spring line
    b. bow line
    c. stern line
    d. breast line
2025: What is the chief hazard encountered when surging synthetic mooring lines on the gypsyhead during operations?

    a. If there is sudden strain, the man tending the line may be pulled into the gypsyhead.
    b. The lines may jam and then jump off the gypsyhead.
    c. The lines' surging may cause the vessel to surge.
    d. The heat generated may cause the lines to temporarily fuse to the gypsyhead.
2026: After a seaman is discharged, at the end of the voyage, the final payment of wages due must be made, whichever is earliest, either within 24 hours after the cargo has been discharged, or __________.

    a. within 4 days after the seaman's discharge
    b. prior to the vessel's departure on the next voyage
    c. prior to loading any out-bound cargo
    d. prior to any change of Master
2027: Your vessel is issued a load line certificate dated 27 May 1992. What is NOT an acceptable date for one of the surveys for endorsements?

    a. 28-Feb-93
    b. 27-Nov-93
    c. 26-Aug-94
    d. 27-May-95
2028: When making up a long, large coastwise tow, which of the following procedures is INCORRECT?

    a. A chain towing bridle is generally preferred
    b. Safety shackles should be used when connecting to the fishplate
    c. Rig tripping ropes (retrieving lines)
    d. Back-up wires are left slack
2029: When anchored, increasing the scope of the anchor chain normally serves to __________.

    a. prevent fouling of the anchor
    b. decrease swing of the vessel
    c. prevent dragging of the anchor
    d. reduce strain on the windlass
2030: Safety equipment on board vessels must be approved by the __________.

    a. U.S. Coast Guard
    b. Safety Standards Bureau
    c. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
    d. National Safety Council
2031: Multi-year ice is the hardest sea ice and should be avoided if possible. It is recognizable because of what tone to its surface color?

    a. Greenish
    b. Bluish
    c. Grey
    d. Grey-white
2033: A spring line leads __________.

    a. fore and aft from the ship's side
    b. to the dock at a right angle to the vessel
    c. through the bull nose or chock at the bow
    d. through the chock at the stern
2033: A spring line leads __________.

    a. fore and aft from the ship's side
    b. to the dock at a right angle to the vessel
    c. through the bull nose or chock at the bow
    d. through the chock at the stern
2034: You are ordering a new block to use with a 3-inch circumference manila line. Which represents a proper size block for this line?

    a. 6-inch cheek, 4-inch sheave
    b. 8-inch cheek, any size sheave
    c. 9-inch cheek, 6-inch sheave
    d. At least a 12-inch sheave
2035: A seaman signed on articles on 16 January 1987 and signed off on 2 March 1987. How should you enter this under the Time of Service column in the articles?

    a. 1 Month 18 Days
    b. 1 Month 16 Days
    c. 2 Months
    d. 46 Days
2037: You are riding to a single anchor. The vessel is yawing excessively. Which action should be taken to reduce the yawing?

    a. Veer chain to the riding anchor
    b. Heave to a shorter scope of chain on the riding anchor
    c. Drop the second anchor at the extreme end of the yaw and veer the riding anchor
    d. Drop the second anchor at the extreme end of the yaw, then adjust the cables until the scope is equal
2038: With a large ocean tow in heavy weather, you should NOT __________.

    a. keep the stern of the tug well down in the water
    b. adjust the towline so the tug is on the crest when the tow is in the trough
    c. keep the low point of the catenary in the water
    d. use a long towing hawser
2039: There is a large shipment of case goods available to be loaded on your vessel. You are to load as many tons as possible in a hold which has 32,300 cubic feet left unfilled by cargo. Each case measures 2-feet high by 2-feet wide by 4-feet long and weighs 500 pounds. If you allow a broken stowage allowance of 10% of the 32,300 feet, what is the nearest whole number of tons which may be loaded?

    a. 324 tons
    b. 360 tons
    c. 363 tons
    d. 406 tons
2039: There is a large shipment of case goods available to be loaded on your vessel. You are to load as many tons as possible in a hold which has 32,300 cubic feet left unfilled by cargo. Each case measures 2-feet high by 2-feet wide by 4-feet long and weighs 500 pounds. If you allow a broken stowage allowance of 10% of the 32,300 feet, what is the nearest whole number of tons which may be loaded?

    a. 324 tons
    b. 360 tons
    c. 363 tons
    d. 406 tons
2040: The plating indicated by the letter N is known as the __________. (D033DG )

    a. inner bottom
    b. floor riders
    c. tank-top rider plating
    d. ceiling
2041: Which tackle arrangement has the LEAST mechanical advantage?

    a. Single whip
    b. Gun tackle
    c. Luff tackle
    d. Twofold purchase
2042: Which statement about the deck line is TRUE?

    a. The top of the deck line is marked at the highest point of the freeboard deck, including camber, at the midships point.
    b. A vessel with wooden planks on a steel deck will have the deck line marked at the intersection of the upper line of the wood sheathing with the side shell.
    c. The deck edge is marked at the intersection of the freeboard deck with the side shell, at the lowest point of sheer, with the vessel at even trim.
    d. On a vessel with a rounded stringer-sheer plate, the deck line is marked where the stringer plate turns down from the plane of the deck line.
2043: A mooring line that prevents a vessel from moving sideways away from the dock is a __________.

    a. bow line
    b. breast line
    c. stern line
    d. spring line
2045: When relieving the helm, the new helmsman will find it helpful to know the __________.

    a. deviation on that heading
    b. variation in the area
    c. leeway
    d. amount of helm carried for a steady course
2046: The structural member indicated by the letter I is the __________. (D033DG )

    a. garboard strake
    b. center pillar
    c. keel
    d. girder
2047: Progressive flooding is controlled by securing watertight boundaries and __________.

    a. transferring water ballast
    b. jettisoning cargo
    c. pumping out flooded compartments
    d. abandoning ship
2048: The MINIMUM acceptable size for a towing bridle would be that size in which the safe working load (SWL) of each leg of the bridle is equal to __________.

    a. one-half the SWL of the main towing hawser
    b. three-fourths the SWL of the main towing hawser
    c. that of the main towing hawser
    d. twice that of the main towing hawser
2049: While the Pilot is maneuvering the vessel to a dock, what is the PRIMARY responsibility of the watch officer?

    a. Supervise the signaling and flag etiquette.
    b. Record the bells and their times in the bell book.
    c. Judge the appropriateness of the Pilot's orders and countermand them if necessary.
    d. Insure that helm and throttle orders given by the Pilot are correctly executed.
2050: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "H" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

    a. forward breast line
    b. offshore spring line
    c. onshore bow line
    d. offshore bow line
2051: The tankship Northland is loaded as shown. Use the salmon colored pages in the Stability Data Reference Book to determine the sagging numeral. (Get Table Data)

    a. 81.79 numeral
    b. 85.02 numeral
    c. 89.68 numeral
    d. 91.92 numeral
2052: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) when it becomes necessary to send a distress message. Which precedence would you assign this message?

    a. O (IMMEDIATE)
    b. P (PRIORITY)
    c. R (ROUTINE)
    d. Z (FLASH)
2053: A mooring line leading 45° to the keel, used to check forward or astern movement of a vessel, is called a __________.

    a. spring line
    b. warp line
    c. bow line
    d. breast line
2054: What is the name of the mark indicated by the letter B in the diagram? (D003DG )

    a. Timber summer load line
    b. Tropical fresh water load line
    c. Tropical load line
    d. Summer load line
2056: A seaman may not make an allotment to his __________.

    a. minor children
    b. grandparents
    c. brother
    d. mother-in-law
2057: While assigned to a 106 GRT vessel, you are required to sign "foreign" articles on a voyage from San Francisco to which port?

    a. Mazatlan, Mexico (west coast)
    b. Vera Cruz, Mexico (east coast)
    c. New York, NY
    d. Vancouver, Canada (west coast)
2058: What is NOT suitable for use in making up the towing rig for a heavy, long ocean tow?

    a. Chain
    b. Ring
    c. Solid thimble
    d. A fishplate
2058: What is NOT suitable for use in making up the towing rig for a heavy, long ocean tow?

    a. Chain
    b. Ring
    c. Solid thimble
    d. A fishplate
2059: You are handling a mooring line and are instructed to "Check the line". What should you do?

    a. Ensure the bight is not fouled by taking up slack.
    b. Pay out the line smartly and keep it free for running.
    c. Secure the line by adding more turns.
    d. Surge the line so it maintains a strain without parting.
2060: In polar regions you should NOT expect to see __________.

    a. mirage effects
    b. sea smoke
    c. extensive snowfall
    d. false horizons
2061: A sheave is a __________.

    a. grooved wheel in a block
    b. line to hold a lifeboat next to the embarkation deck
    c. partial load of grain
    d. seaman's knife
2062: The vessel shown has broken down and you are going to take her in tow. The wind is on her starboard beam. She is making more leeway than you. Where should you position your vessel when you start running lines? (DO25DG )

    a. A
    b. B
    c. C
    d. D
2063: A "spring line" is __________.

    a. any wire rope used for mooring
    b. a fire-warp
    c. a mooring line running diagonally to the keel
    d. a mooring line perpendicular to the keel
2064: While underway in thick fog you are on watch and hear the cry "man overboard". Which type of maneuver should you make?

    a. figure eight turn
    b. Round turn
    c. Racetrack turn
    d. Williamson turn
2065: A continual worsening of the list or trim indicates __________.

    a. negative GM
    b. progressive flooding
    c. structural failure
    d. an immediate need to ballast
2067: What is the mechanical advantage, neglecting friction, of tackle number 12? (DO29DG )

    a. 3
    b. 5.5
    c. 6
    d. 7
2068: You intend to tow a barge with one tug and expect continuous high winds from the north. To reduce the yaw of your tow, you should __________.

    a. reduce the draft of the barge
    b. shorten one leg of the bridle
    c. place bulky deck loads as far aft as possible
    d. trim the barge down by the bow
2069: A "spring line" is a __________.

    a. mooring line made of spring lay wire rope
    b. mooring line running diagonally to the keel
    c. mooring line parallel to the keel
    d. wire rope used for securing an anchor buoy
2070: Which statement about the Williamson turn is FALSE?

    a. It requires the highest degree of shiphandling skills to accomplish.
    b. It is the slowest of the methods used in turning the vessel.
    c. It is the best turn to use when the victim is not in sight due to reduced visibility.
    d. It returns the vessel to the original track-line on a reciprocal course.
2073: You are preparing to lubricate standing rigging on your vessel. When rigging a bosun's chair on a stay with a shackle, __________.

    a. connect the shackle to the bosun's chair with a hook
    b. never allow the shackle pin to ride on the stay
    c. run the gantline through the shackle and then make fast to the bosun's chair
    d. tie the bitter end of the gantline to the shackle before shackling it to the bosun's chair
2074: You are proceeding to a distress site. The survivors are in liferafts. What will make your ship more visible to the survivors?

    a. Steering a sinuous course
    b. Steering a zig-zag course
    c. Turning on all available deck lights at night
    d. Dumping debris over the side to make a trail to your vessel
2075: The knot lettered E is a __________. (DO30DG )

    a. stopper hitch
    b. blackwall hitch
    c. timber and half hitch
    d. bowline on a bight
2076: A person who sees someone fall overboard should __________.

    a. immediately jump in the water to assist the individual
    b. go to the bridge for the distress flares
    c. run to the radio room to send an emergency message
    d. call for help and keep the individual in sight
2077: While assigned to a 150 GRT vessel, you are required to sign "foreign" articles on a voyage from New Orleans to which port?

    a. Houston, Texas
    b. Veracruz, Mexico
    c. Kingston, Jamaica
    d. Cristobal Colon, Panama
2078: While towing, bridle legs of unequal lengths may cause __________.

    a. the bridle to foul
    b. the shorter leg to fail
    c. chafing on the fairlead or bitts
    d. a bent swivel
2080: A Contract of Affreightment covering the movement of a particular cargo from one designated port to another at a specified rate for each ton of goods loaded is called a __________.

    a. bareboat charter party
    b. demise charter party
    c. time charter party
    d. voyage charter party
2081: A seaman is reported missing in the morning and was last seen after coming off the mid-watch. Which type of turn would you use to return to the track-line steamed during the night?

    a. Williamson
    b. Racetrack
    c. 180° turn
    d. Anderson
2084: A copy of the Articles of Agreement, less the signatures, is required to be posted. This document is called the __________.

    a. Fo'c'sle Card
    b. Articles Copy
    c. Voyage Agreement
    d. Shipping Articles
2085: What purpose does a bridge fitting serve when lashing containers?

    a. Ties a container stack to the deck
    b. Ties a container to the container below it
    c. Restrains racking loads
    d. Restrains the container against horizontal motion
2086: What is the mechanical advantage of tackle number 11? (DO29DG )

    a. 7
    b. 6
    c. 5.5
    d. 5
2087: A vessel has a deadweight carrying capacity of 10,500 tons. Fuel, water, and stores require 1500 tons. The cubic capacity is 500,000 cubic feet. Which cargo will put her full and down?

    a. Slabs of zinc, SF 7.1
    b. Rolls of barbed wire, SF 55.5
    c. Barrels of tallow, SF 66.8
    d. Bundles of rubber, SF 140.2
2088: You have been towing astern and have just let go the tow. Your deckhands are pulling in and faking the towline by hand on the stern. The most dangerous action to take is to __________.

    a. continue ahead at slow speed
    b. continue ahead at half speed
    c. stop your engines
    d. back down on your engines
2089: In addition to the load lines indicated in illustration D003DG, some vessels have a Winter North Atlantic line. Which statement about this load line mark is TRUE?

    a. It is carried on VLCC/ULCC type vessels and allows reduced freeboard considering their size.
    b. It is marked above line B in the diagram.
    c. It is applied to vessels on restricted trade routes between the United Kingdom, Iceland, and Northern European countries.
    d. It applies only to vessels not exceeding 328 ft. navigating in the Winter North Atlantic zones.
2091: When operating in an area where sea ice and icebergs are present, which statement is TRUE?

    a. Icebergs may travel in a direction many degrees different from the sea ice.
    b. Both icebergs and sea ice will move in approximately the same direction and at the same speed.
    c. Icebergs and sea ice will move in the same direction, but at different speeds due to the sail effect of the berg.
    d. Icebergs and sea ice will move in the same direction, but the iceberg will move slower because of its underwater bulk.
2092: You are signing on a crew. When they present their Merchant Mariner's Documents, you should suspect a fraudulent document if it has a single endorsement that says __________.

    a. see Certificate of Registry
    b. any unlicensed rating in the deck department including AB
    c. Steward's Department (F.H.)
    d. Bosun
2093: What is the mechanical advantage of tackle number 10? (DO29DG )

    a. 4
    b. 4.5
    c. 5
    d. 5.5
2094: A large basin cut into the shore, closed off by a caisson, and used for dry docking of ships is known as a __________.

    a. slipway
    b. graving dock
    c. ground warp
    d. caisson dock
2095: You are using a racetrack turn to recover a man overboard. The vessel is first steadied when how many degrees away from the original heading?

    a. 60° to 70°
    b. 90°
    c. 135°
    d. 180°
2097: What is the name of tackle number 11? (DO29DG )

    a. Three-two purchase
    b. Double luff tackle
    c. Gun tackle
    d. Topping lift
2098: Snow has obliterated surface features and the sky is covered with uniform, altostratus clouds. There are no shadows and the horizon has disappeared. What is this condition called?

    a. Ice blink
    b. Whiteout
    c. Water sky
    d. Aurora reflection
2100: The primary purpose of a load line is to establish required __________.

    a. minimum freeboard
    b. GM
    c. transverse stability
    d. fresh water allowances
2102: A seaman deserts the vessel in a foreign port. What should the Master do with any of the deserter's personal effects remaining on board?

    a. Sell them at auction and deposit the money in the ship's morale or welfare fund.
    b. Donate them to a local charity upon return to the United States.
    c. Transfer them to the appropriate district court of the U.S. at the end of the voyage.
    d. Inventory them, make an appropriate entry in the Official Logbook and dispose of them at sea.
2103: You are signing on the Purser. He should present a Merchant Mariner's document with which endorsement?

    a. See Certificate of Registry
    b. Steward's Department
    c. Purser
    d. Staff Officer
2104: You are proceeding to a distress site where the survivors are in liferafts. Which action will assist in making your vessel more visible to the survivors?

    a. Steering a zigzag course with 5 to 10 minutes on each leg
    b. Steering a sinuous course
    c. Dumping debris over the side to make a trail to your vessel
    d. Making smoke in daylight
2106: A racetrack turn would be better than a Williamson turn in recovering a man overboard if __________.

    a. the man has been missing for a period of time
    b. the sea water is very cold and the man is visible
    c. there is thick fog
    d. the wind was from astern on the original course
2107: What is the name of the mark indicated by the letter A? (D003DG )

    a. Winter North Atlantic load line
    b. Fresh Water load line
    c. Deck line
    d. Plimsoll line
2108: You are the Master signing on a crew. In completing the articles, who should sign in the various places indicated for the Shipping Commissioner's signature?

    a. After sign on, the articles are presented at the nearest Marine Inspection/Safety Office for signature.
    b. The space is left blank.
    c. A marine notary public must sign after sign on is complete.
    d. The Master.
2108: You are the Master signing on a crew. In completing the articles, who should sign in the various places indicated for the Shipping Commissioner's signature?

    a. After sign on, the articles are presented at the nearest Marine Inspection/Safety Office for signature.
    b. The space is left blank.
    c. A marine notary public must sign after sign on is complete.
    d. The Master.
2109: What is NOT an item that requires the vessel to be dry-docked?

    a. Inspection of tail shaft liner
    b. Repacking and grinding of skin valves
    c. Verification of load line measurements
    d. Belt gauging
2110: Your ship is carrying hazardous cargo. During a daily inspection, you notice that some of the cargo has shifted and several cases are broken. You should FIRST __________.

    a. call out the deck gang to jettison the cargo
    b. log the facts in the rough log and inform the Chief Mate later
    c. make a determination of the seriousness of the breakage, and do what you think best
    d. report the facts immediately to the Master, who will make a decision
2111: You are anchoring in 16 fathoms of water. On a small to medium size vessel, the __________.

    a. anchor may be dropped from the hawsepipe
    b. anchor should be lowered to within 2 fathoms of the bottom before being dropped
    c. scope should always be at least ten times the depth of the water
    d. scope should always be less than 5 times the depth of the water
2112: What is NOT surveyed at an annual load line survey?

    a. The overall structure and layout of the vessel for alterations to the superstructure
    b. The bilge pumping system
    c. Main deck hatch covers
    d. Portholes and deadlights in the side plating
2113: One major advantage of the round turn maneuver in a man overboard situation is that it __________.

    a. is the fastest method
    b. is easy for a single-screw vessel to perform
    c. requires the least shiphandling skills to perform
    d. can be used in reduced visibility
2114: All handling and stowage of packaged hazardous materials on board a domestic vessel engaged in foreign trade shall be done under the supervision of __________.

    a. a U.S. Coast Guard Marine Inspector
    b. an officer assigned to the vessel
    c. the American Bureau of Shipping
    d. the National Cargo Bureau
2116: What is the name of tackle number 10 in illustration DO29DG? (DO29DG )

    a. Two-two purchase
    b. Deck purchase
    c. Two-fold purchase
    d. Double runner
2117: When a vessel is involved in a casualty. The cost of property damage includes the __________.

    a. cost of labor and material to restore the vessel to the service condition which existed before the casualty
    b. loss of revenue while the vessel is being repaired, up to a maximum of $50,000
    c. damage claims awarded to individuals or companies involved in the casualty
    d. All of the above
2119: You are coming to anchor in 8 fathoms of water. In this case, the __________.

    a. anchor may be dropped from the hawsepipe
    b. anchor should be lowered to within 2 fathoms of the bottom before being dropped
    c. anchor should be lowered to the bottom then the ship backed and the remainder of the cable veered
    d. scope should be less than 3 times the depth of the water
2120: Wale shores would be used when dry docking a vessel with __________.

    a. tumble home
    b. excessive deadrise
    c. excessive trim
    d. a list
2121: Which statement concerning the lashings of containers with solid bar or wire rope lashings is TRUE?

    a. Stack weights should be less when using a solid bar lashing as compared to a wire lashing.
    b. Stack heights may be increased when using a solid bar lashing.
    c. Stack heights should be reduced when using a solid bar lashing.
    d. Solid bars should be used for lashing the first tier only, with wire lashings on the higher tier(s).
2122: What is the name of tackle number 9? (DO29DG )

    a. Single purchase
    b. One-two tackle
    c. Double whip
    d. Luff tackle
2123: Your vessel is required to have a slop chest. Which of the following articles is NOT required by law to be carried in the slop chest?

    a. Foul weather clothing
    b. Candy
    c. Tobacco products
    d. Blankets
2124: You are on watch aboard a vessel heading NW, with the wind from dead ahead, in heavy seas. You notice a man fall overboard from the starboard bow. Which action would NOT be appropriate?

    a. Hard right rudder
    b. Throw a lifebuoy to the man, if possible
    c. Send a man aloft
    d. Get the port boat ready
2126: You have anchored in a mud and clay bottom. The anchor appears to be dragging in a storm. What action should you take?

    a. Shorten the scope of the cable.
    b. Veer cable to the anchor.
    c. Drop the other anchor underfoot.
    d. Drop the second anchor, veer to a good scope, then weigh the first anchor.
2127: The maneuver which will return your vessel to a person who has fallen overboard in the shortest time is __________.

    a. a Williamson Turn
    b. engine(s) crash astern, no turn
    c. a single turn with hard rudder
    d. two 180° turns
2128: Several merchant ships are arriving at the scene of a distress incident. One of the them must assume the duties of the Coordinator Surface Search (CSS). Which of the following statements is TRUE?

    a. CSS duties are always assumed by passenger vessels, dry cargo vessels, or tankers in that order of precedence.
    b. The CSS must be established by mutual agreement between the ships concerned.
    c. A tank vessel should never be assigned CSS duties unless only tank vessels are present.
    d. The first vessel to arrive at the distress incident is designated as the CSS.
2129: The exact and complete identification of all cargo on board must be found on the __________.

    a. Cargo Manifest
    b. Mate's Receipt
    c. Hatch Report
    d. Loading List
2130: In a racetrack turn, to recover a man overboard, the vessel is steadied for the SECOND time after a turn of how many degrees from the original heading?

    a. 60°
    b. 135°
    c. 180°
    d. 360°
2131: If you carry packaged hazardous cargoes on a break bulk vessel bound foreign, you must __________.

    a. stow the hazardous cargoes on deck available for jettisoning if necessary
    b. remove the hazardous cargo labels from a portable tank after the tank is emptied
    c. have the shipping papers indicate the proper shipping name and the technical name of n.o.s. cargoes
    d. log the receipt of hazardous cargoes in the Official Logbook
2132: Which statement concerning dual-tonnage vessels is TRUE?

    a. The dual-tonnage mark is always marked above the load line marks.
    b. The tonnages referred to are the displacement tonnage and gross tonnage.
    c. A single-deck vessel may not be assigned dual tonnages.
    d. The dual-tonnage mark must never be submerged beyond the freshwater allowance.
2133: The S.S. Hollowpoint has a charter party in which the charterer assumes no responsibility for the operation of the vessel but pays stevedoring expenses. What is the name of the charter party?

    a. Bareboat
    b. Dispatch
    c. Voyage
    d. Demise
2135: A load line certificate is valid for how many years?

    a. 1
    b. 2
    c. 3
    d. 5
2136: Your enrolled vessel is bound from Baltimore, MD, to Norfolk, VA, via Chesapeake Bay. Which statement about the required pilot is TRUE?

    a. The pilot need only be licensed by the Coast Guard.
    b. The Pilot must be licensed by either Virginia or Maryland.
    c. The Pilot must be licensed by Virginia and Maryland.
    d. The Pilot must be licensed by Virginia, Maryland and the Coast Guard.
2137: The securing systems for containers were developed to prevent container movement during which ship motion?

    a. Surge
    b. Roll
    c. Sway
    d. Yaw
2139: You are proceeding to the area of reported distress. When you arrive at the reported position, the vessel in distress is not sighted. What type of search should be conducted?

    a. Sector search
    b. Expanding square
    c. Track crawl
    d. Parallel track search
2141: You are Master of a vessel that is sold in a foreign country after discharge of cargo. What is your responsibility to the crew in regards to return to the United States?

    a. You must provide air transportation to the nearest port of entry in the United States.
    b. You must provide passage to the port of original engagement.
    c. There is no requirement for return to the United States provided the voyage has exceeded 4 weeks duration.
    d. The crew can be employed on another United States vessel, but only if it is returning to the port of original engagement.
2143: Your vessel was damaged and initially assumed a significant list and trim; however, further increase has been slow. Based on this data, what should you expect?

    a. The slowing is only temporary and the vessel will probably suddenly capsize or plunge from loss of stability due to change in the waterplane area.
    b. The vessel can probably be saved if further flooding can be stopped.
    c. The vessel will continue to slowly list and/or trim due to the free surface effect and free communication effect.
    d. The vessel will suddenly flop to the same or greater angle of list on the other side and may capsize.
2144: "Hard right rudder" means __________.

    a. jam the rudder against the stops
    b. put the rudder over quickly to 15 degrees right rudder
    c. meet a swing to the right, then return to amidships
    d. put the rudder over to the right all the way
2145: The fo'c'sle card __________.

    a. is posted in the crews quarters and lists the emergency stations
    b. advises the crew of the conditions of employment
    c. is also known as a Merchant Mariner's Document
    d. designates the quarters a seaman will occupy during a voyage
2146: You are on a single-screw vessel with a right-handed propeller. The vessel is going full speed astern with full right rudder. The bow will swing __________.

    a. quickly to port, then more slowly to port
    b. probably to port
    c. slowly to port, then quickly to starboard
    d. probably to starboard
2147: What is the name of tackle number 8? (DO29DG )

    a. Parbuckle
    b. Gun tackle
    c. Single purchase
    d. Single luff tackle
2148: You are the Master of an uninspected diesel towing vessel of 190 GT operating on a regular run from New York to the Gulf of Mexico. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. All crew members must have Merchant Mariner's Documents.
    b. A licensed Chief Engineer is required.
    c. Deck watches may be 6 and 6.
    d. Able Seamen are not required in the deck crew.
2149: When anchoring in a clay bottom, what is one hazard that may cause the anchor to drag?

    a. The flukes may dig in unevenly and capsize the anchor when under stress.
    b. The flukes may not dig in.
    c. The anchor may get shod with clay and not develop full holding power.
    d. The anchor will tend to dig in and come to rest near the vertical.
2150: The vessel shown has broken down and you are going to take her in tow. The wind is coming from her starboard beam. You are making more leeway than she. Where should you position your vessel when you start running lines? (DO25DG )

    a. A
    b. B
    c. C
    d. D
2151: Many dangerous cargoes are stowed on deck because of the __________.

    a. danger to crew and cargo
    b. necessity of periodic inspection
    c. possible need to jettison
    d. All of the above
2152: Your vessel has the symbol shown inscribed on the side. Which statement concerning this symbol is TRUE? (DO22DG )

    a. This represents the load line marks when engaged on a voyage upon the Great Lakes.
    b. The line directly under the triangle is at the same level as the summer load line.
    c. The symbol is the equivalent of a load line marking and is used by government vessels (USN, MSC, USCG) only.
    d. The applicable gross and net tonnage of the ship will change if this mark is submerged and the load line mark is visible.
2153: The shipping papers for the products being carried in your tankship are NOT required to contain the __________.

    a. exact quantity of the cargoes
    b. grades of the cargoes
    c. location of the delivery point(s)
    d. name of the consignee(s)
2154: A vessel has a charter party for one voyage to carry a full load of manganese from Durban, South Africa, to Baltimore, Maryland, at a stipulated rate per ton. Which type of contract is involved?

    a. Bareboat charter party
    b. Voyage charter party
    c. Demise charter party
    d. Time charter party
2155: A case received for shipment has the markings shown. Each carton measures 13" X 15" X 23". What is the total cubic capacity the entire consignment will occupy if you assume 10% broken stowage? (D043DG )

    a. 779 cubic feet (22 cubic meters)
    b. 857 cubic feet (24 cubic meters)
    c. 1047 cubic feet (30 cubic meters)
    d. 112,125 cubic feet (3173 cubic meters)
2156: You are standing watch on entering port and the Master gives a rudder command which conflicts with a rudder command from the Pilot. You should ensure the helmsman __________.

    a. obeys the Master
    b. obeys the Pilot
    c. brings the rudder to a position midway between the two conflicting positions
    d. asks the Pilot if he has relinquished control
2157: You are in a fresh water port loading logs with gear rated at 5 tons, and suspect the weight of the logs exceeds the SWL of the gear. The logs are floating in the water alongside the vessel and have 95% of their volume submerged. The average length of the logs is 15 feet and the average diameter is 4.4 feet. What is the nearest average weight of the logs, based on these average measurements?

    a. 5.5 tons
    b. 6.0 tons
    c. 7.7 tons
    d. 24.1 tons
2158: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) when you wish to send a message concerning your ships diversion. Which precedence would you assign this message?

    a. O (IMMEDIATE)
    b. R (ROUTINE)
    c. P (PRIORITY)
    d. Z (FLASH)
2159: What is the mechanical advantage of tackle number 9? (DO29DG )

    a. 1
    b. 2
    c. 3
    d. 4
2161: A vessel loads 5000 tons of manganese ore. The railroad cars that brought the ore to the vessel were previously loaded with iron ore so the ore is contaminated. The agent requests the Master to sign a Clean Bill of Lading and in return the shipper will give him a Letter of Indemnity. What is the best procedure to follow?

    a. Sign a Clean Bill of Lading and accept the Letter of Indemnity.
    b. Refuse to sign a Clean Bill of Lading.
    c. Sign the Clean Bill of Lading and have the agent countersign it.
    d. Sign a Clean Bill of lading under protest.
2162: A crew has signed on for a 3-month voyage. Fourteen days into the voyage a seaman is improperly discharged at the first port of call. How much pay is he entitled to receive?

    a. 14 days
    b. 1 month's
    c. 14 days and one month's extra
    d. double wages (28 days)
2163: What is the name of tackle number 7? (DO29DG )

    a. Runner
    b. Inverted whip
    c. Whip
    d. Single purchase
2164: What provides the majority of strength to an aluminum-sided container?

    a. Corner fittings
    b. Framework, primarily the corner posts
    c. Framework and siding acting as a girder
    d. Aluminum side and end panels
2165: The original Bill of Lading, once signed by the Master, is NOT __________.

    a. a receipt and proof that goods have been received on board
    b. surrendered to the customs agency of the country where the cargo is discharged
    c. used to transfer ownership of the cargo while the ship is enroute
    d. proof of title or ownership of the cargo
2166: A ballasted vessel sinks enroute to a dry dock. Under these circumstances, the vessel's owner can claim __________.

    a. actual total loss
    b. constructive total loss
    c. general average
    d. particular average
2167: Which statement concerning sweat damage in containers is TRUE?

    a. Sweat damage in containers is unusual due to the small enclosed volume of air.
    b. In general, containerized hygroscopic cargoes are the only ones subject to sweat damage.
    c. Containers should be ventilated, dehumidified, or the contents physically protected against sweat damage.
    d. Sweat damage is not a problem except in insulated and refrigerated containers.
2168: What is the name of tackle number 6? (DO29DG )

    a. Triple purchase
    b. Clew garnet tackle
    c. Boat falls
    d. Threefold purchase
2169: What is the mechanical advantage of tackle number 8? (DO29DG )

    a. 3
    b. 1.5
    c. 1
    d. 0.5
2170: Your vessel is disabled and in imminent danger of grounding on a lee shore. The Master agrees to salvage services using Lloyd's Standard Form of Salvage Agreement. Which is TRUE?

    a. The salvage award will be decided by suit in Admiralty Court.
    b. The salvage service is on a "no cure-no pay" basis.
    c. Underwriters will repudiate the agreement if it is unsuccessful, due to their increased liability.
    d. The salvor becomes the owner of the vessel until the salvage award, if any, is paid.
2171: The order of importance in addressing damage control is __________.

    a. control flooding, control fire, repair structural damage
    b. restore vital services, control fire, control flooding
    c. control fire, restore vital services, control flooding
    d. control fire, control flooding, repair structural damage
2172: The lower hold of your vessel has a bale cubic of 52,000 cu. ft. You will load a cargo of cases, each weighing 380 lbs. and measuring 3 ft. x 2 ft. x 2 ft. The estimated broken stowage is 15%. How many tons of cases can be loaded?

    a. 137 tons
    b. 161 tons
    c. 625 tons
    d. 969 tons
2173: What is the name of tackle number 5? (DO29DG )

    a. 3-2 purchase
    b. Double luff tackle
    c. Two-fold purchase
    d. Four-fold whip
2174: A vessel puts into the port of Kobe, Japan to discharge cargo. While awaiting completion of the cargo operation, the vessel contracts with a local shipyard to have the hull chipped, scaled, and painted. How is the cost of this maintenance handled with the Collector of Customs?

    a. A declaration is required and duty is involved on the total cost.
    b. No declaration is required since this is considered routine maintenance.
    c. A declaration is made and duty is charged on the materials only.
    d. A declaration is made, but duty is charged on the labor only.
2175: Which is a negotiated charter?

    a. Fixture
    b. Bill of Lading
    c. Conference agreement
    d. All of the above
2176: The tankship Northland is loaded as shown. Use the salmon colored pages in the Stability Data Reference Book to determine the hogging numeral. (Get Table Data)

    a. 91.42 numeral
    b. 85.60 numeral
    c. 79.23 numeral
    d. 74.73 numeral
2177: Under normal weather and sea conditions when securing a stack of containers with non-locking fittings, lashings are required when the tier exceeds what height?

    a. Lashings are always required
    b. One container
    c. Two containers
    d. Three containers
2178: Segregation of cargoes refers to __________.

    a. separating cargoes so that the inherent characteristics of one cannot damage the other
    b. separating cargoes by destination
    c. classifying cargoes according to their toxicity
    d. listing the cargoes in order of their flammability
2179: A design modification of an anchor chain which prevents kinking is the __________.

    a. detachable link
    b. stud link
    c. Kenter link
    d. connecting link
2180: The weight of the container and its contents is supported on deck by what part(s)?

    a. Four lower corner castings
    b. Bottom, side, and end rails
    c. Bottom flooring, side, and end rails
    d. Bottom flooring only
2181: When relieving the helm, the new helmsman should know the __________.

    a. course per magnetic steering compass
    b. gyro error
    c. variation
    d. maximum rudder angle previously used
2182: What is the name of tackle number 4? (DO29DG )

    a. Double whip
    b. Luff tackle
    c. Two-fold purchase
    d. 2-2 tackle
2184: The lashings on a stack of containers with interlocking fittings restrain the forces that cause __________.

    a. toppling
    b. racking
    c. buckling
    d. crushing
2185: You are using tackle number 7 to lift a weight of 100 lbs. If you include 10 percent of the weight for each sheave for friction, what is the pull on the hauling part required to lift the weight? (DO29DG )

    a. 200 lbs.
    b. 150 lbs.
    c. 110 lbs.
    d. 55 lbs.
2186: What is the mechanical advantage of tackle number 7? (DO29DG )

    a. 0
    b. 0.5
    c. 1
    d. 2
2187: You are using tackle number 10 to lift a weight. The hauling part of this tackle is bent to the weight hook (w) of tackle number 5. What is the mechanical advantage of this rig? (DO29DG )

    a. 25
    b. 20
    c. 15
    d. 10
2188: The forecastle card is a(n) __________.

    a. quarters allocation
    b. Muster List ("Station Bill")
    c. unlicensed shipping card from the union
    d. copy of the shipping agreement
2189: You are conducting trials to determine the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel. While making a turn you take the ranges and bearings of an isolated light with the results shown. Based on this information, what is the transfer for a turn of 75°? (D034DG )

    a. 340 yards (306 meters)
    b. 280 yards (252 meters)
    c. 230 yards (207 meters)
    d. 190 yards (171 meters)
2190: What is the name of tackle number 3? (DO29DG )

    a. 1-2 purchase
    b. Gun tackle
    c. Single luff tackle
    d. Double whip
2191: A wooden deck installed on top of the plating lettered N is known as __________. (D033DG )

    a. spar decking
    b. furring
    c. ceiling
    d. flooring
2192: The part of a windlass which physically engages the chain during hauling or paying out is the __________.

    a. devil's claw
    b. bull gear
    c. wildcat
    d. cat head
2193: You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel by taking the radar ranges and bearings of an isolated light while making a turn. The results are listed in illustration D035DG. Based on this data what is the tactical diameter of the turning circle? (D035DG )

    a. 755 yards
    b. 780 yards
    c. 820 yards
    d. 880 yards
2194: What is the mechanical advantage of tackle number 6? (DO29DG )

    a. 6
    b. 5.5
    c. 5
    d. 3
2195: You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel by taking the radar ranges and bearings of an isolated light while making a turn. The results are as listed. Based on this data what is the transfer for a turn of 180°? (D035DG )

    a. 745 yards
    b. 770 yards
    c. 840 yards
    d. 890 yards
2196: You are using tackle number 10 to lift a weight. The hauling part of this tackle is bent to the weight hook (w) of tackle number 4. What is the mechanical advantage of this rig? (DO29DG )

    a. 24
    b. 20
    c. 13
    d. 9
2197: You are signing on crew members. The minimum number of people required aboard, and the qualifications of each, is listed on the __________.

    a. Crew list
    b. fo'c'sle card
    c. Certificate of Inspection
    d. Articles of Agreement
2198: You are conducting trials to determine the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel. While making a turn, you take ranges and bearings of an isolated light with the results as shown. Based on this information, what is the transfer for a turn of 90°? (D034DG )

    a. 355 yards
    b. 380 yards
    c. 410 yards
    d. 455 yards
2199: What is the name of tackle number 2? (DO29DG )

    a. Whip
    b. Onefold purchase
    c. Single purchase
    d. Gun tackle
2201: When referring to dry bulk cargoes, the term "flow state" __________.

    a. designates the state of a commodity when the ship is heeled past the angle of repose
    b. relates to the suitability of loading a cargo by flowing down inclined chutes
    c. refers to the saturation of a dry bulk product with water to the point where it acts as a liquid
    d. relates to the minimum granule size of a particular product where it will flow like a liquid at an angle of 30°
2202: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and wish to send a message concerning an initial enemy contact. Which precedence will you assign this message?

    a. O (IMMEDIATE)
    b. P (PRIORITY)
    c. R (ROUTINE)
    d. Z (FLASH)
2203: A Chinese stopper (two lines) will hold best when you __________.

    a. fasten the bitter ends to the mooring line with half hitches
    b. twist the ends together and hold them in the direction of the pull
    c. twist the ends together and hold them in the direction opposite to the pull
    d. twist the ends together and hold them at right angles to the mooring line
2204: While writing in the logbook at the end of your watch, you make an error in writing an entry. What is the proper way of correcting this error?

    a. Blot out the error completely and rewrite the entry correctly.
    b. Carefully and neatly erase the entry and rewrite it correctly.
    c. Cross out the error with a single line, write the correct entry, and initial it.
    d. Remove this page of the log book and rewrite all entries on a clean page.
2205: On the fully containerized ship, approximately one-third or more of the cargo is on deck above the rolling center. Top stowed containers are subject to __________.

    a. accelerations greater than on conventional vessels
    b. accelerations less than on conventional vessels
    c. accelerations the same as on conventional vessels
    d. no accelerations
2206: You are using tackle number 6 in illustration DO29DG to lift a weight of 300 lbs. If you include 10 percent of the weight for each sheave for friction, what is the pull on the hauling part required to lift the weight? (DO29DG )

    a. 80 lbs.
    b. 69 lbs.
    c. 55 lbs.
    d. 50 lbs.
2207: After an explosion, repair of emergency machinery and services should be accomplished __________.

    a. after control of fire, flooding, and structural repairs
    b. immediately, before the emergency is under control
    c. after control of fire, but before control of flooding
    d. after stability is restored
2208: Under normal weather and sea conditions when securing a stack of containers with twist locks, lashings are required when the tier exceeds what height?

    a. Lashings are always required
    b. One container
    c. Two containers
    d. Three containers
2209: Certain cargoes must be segregated because of their __________.

    a. inherent characteristics
    b. weight
    c. destination
    d. danger to humans
2211: What is the mechanical advantage, neglecting friction, of tackle number 5? (DO29DG )

    a. 2
    b. 4
    c. 5
    d. 5.5
2212: You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel by taking the radar ranges and bearings of an isolated light while making a turn. The results are listed in illustration D035DG. Based on this data what is the advance for a turn of 30°? (D035DG )

    a. 380 yards
    b. 420 yards
    c. 470 yards
    d. 525 yards
2213: You are using tackle number 6 to lift a weight. The hauling part of this tackle is bent to the weight hook (w) of tackle number 8. Disregarding friction, what is the mechanical advantage of this rig? (DO29DG )

    a. 11
    b. 16
    c. 18
    d. 24
2214: You are conducting trials to determine the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel. While making a turn, you take ranges and bearings of an isolated light with the results as shown. Based on this information, what is the advance for a turn of 90°? (D034DG )

    a. 820 yards
    b. 870 yards
    c. 930 yards
    d. 975 yards
2215: Given a dry bulb temperature of 78°F and wet bulb temperature of 66.5°F, the dew point is __________.

    a. 47.0°F
    b. 51.5°F
    c. 59.0°F
    d. 70.0°F
2215: Given a dry bulb temperature of 78°F and wet bulb temperature of 66.5°F, the dew point is __________.

    a. 47.0°F
    b. 51.5°F
    c. 59.0°F
    d. 70.0°F
2216: What is the mechanical advantage, neglecting friction, of tackle number 4? (DO29DG )

    a. 1
    b. 2
    c. 3
    d. 4
2217: The knot lettered P is a __________. (DO30DG )

    a. rolling hitch
    b. clove hitch
    c. round turn and two half hitches
    d. marline hitch
2218: If reefer spaces are not properly cleaned prior to loading cargo, it will most likely cause __________.

    a. mold to develop on commodities
    b. malfunction of the refrigeration equipment
    c. contamination of the insulation in the space
    d. All of the above
2219: You are using tackle number 5 to lift a weight of 300 lbs. If you include 10 percent of the weight for each sheave for friction, what is the pull on the hauling part required to lift the weight? (DO29DG )

    a. 50 lbs.
    b. 75 lbs.
    c. 90 lbs.
    d. 112 lbs.
2220: The load chart of a crane enables the operator to combine the load radius with boom length to determine the __________.

    a. maximum counter weight required
    b. minimum horsepower required
    c. hoist rope strength
    d. allowable load
2221: You are using tackle number 5 to lift a weight. The hauling part of this tackle is bent to the weight hook (w) of tackle number 8. What is the mechanical advantage of this rig? (DO29DG )

    a. 20
    b. 15
    c. 10
    d. 5
2222: The lower seam of the strake indicated by the letter B is sometimes riveted. This is done to __________. (D033DG )

    a. increase the strength in a highly stressed area
    b. provide the flexibility inherent in a riveted seam
    c. serve as a crack arrestor and prevent hull girder failure
    d. reduce construction costs
2223: What is the mechanical advantage of tackle number 3? (DO29DG )

    a. 1
    b. 2
    c. 3
    d. 4
2224: When improperly tied, which knot shown is called a granny or thief's knot? (D030DG )

    a. F
    b. M
    c. R
    d. W
2225: Which knot should be used to secure a line to a spar when the pull is perpendicular to the spar? (DO30DG )

    a. E
    b. F
    c. N
    d. P
2226: The knot lettered O is a __________. (DO30DG )

    a. timber hitch
    b. barrel hitch
    c. carrick bend
    d. blackwall hitch
2227: You are using tackle number 4 in illustration DO29DG to lift a weight of 120 lbs. If you include 10 percent of the weight for each sheave for friction, what is the pull on the hauling part required to lift the weight? (DO29DG )

    a. 20 lbs.
    b. 30 lbs.
    c. 42 lbs.
    d. 57 lbs.
2228: You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel by taking the radar ranges and bearings of an isolated light while making a turn. The results are listed. Based on this data what is the transfer for a turn of 60°? (D035DG )

    a. 140 yards (126 meters)
    b. 180 yards (162 meters)
    c. 225 yards (203 meters)
    d. 270 yards (243 meters)
2229: You are using tackle number 5 to lift a weight. The hauling part of this tackle is bent to the weight hook of tackle number 9. What is the mechanical advantage of this rig? (DO29DG )

    a. 20
    b. 9
    c. 5
    d. 4
2230: What is the name of tackle number 1? (D029DG )

    a. Whip
    b. One-fold purchase
    c. Gun tackle
    d. Runner
2231: What is the mechanical advantage of tackle number 2? (DO29DG )

    a. 0.5
    b. 1
    c. 2
    d. 3
2232: The MAIN use of the knot lettered M is to __________. (DO30DG )

    a. marry two hawsers
    b. form a temporary eye in the end of a line
    c. secure a heaving line to a hawser
    d. provide a seat for a man to work over the side
2233: The knot lettered N as shown is a __________. (DO30DG )

    a. timber hitch
    b. rolling bowline
    c. stopper
    d. heaving line hitch
2234: Keeping certain cargoes separated because of their inherent characteristics is known as __________.

    a. overstowage
    b. segregation
    c. spot loading
    d. cargo typing
2234: Keeping certain cargoes separated because of their inherent characteristics is known as __________.

    a. overstowage
    b. segregation
    c. spot loading
    d. cargo typing
2235: You are conducting trials to determine the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel. While making a turn, you take ranges and bearings of an isolated light with the results as shown. Based on this information, what is the advance for a turn of 75°? (D034DG )

    a. 800 yards (720 meters)
    b. 860 yards (774 meters)
    c. 910 yards (819 meters)
    d. 955 yards (860 meters)
2236: Another name for the garboard strake is the __________.

    a. A strake
    b. Z strake
    c. side keel plate
    d. stringer plate
2237: Using the graph in illustration D008DG, if the dry bulb temperature is 76° and the wet bulb temperature is 59°, what is the relative humidity in a cargo hold? (D008DG )

    a. 34%
    b. 47%
    c. 76%
    d. 79%
2238: What is the area of a circle with a radius of 12 feet after a sector of 60° has been removed?

    a. 18.85 square feet
    b. 75.40 square feet
    c. 94.25 square feet
    d. 376.99 square feet
2239: You are using tackle number 3 to lift a weight of 120 lbs. If you include 10 percent of the weight for each sheave for friction, what is the pull on the hauling part required to lift the weight? (DO29DG )

    a. 52 lbs.
    b. 49 lbs.
    c. 40 lbs.
    d. 27 lbs.
2240: What is the mechanical advantage of tackle number 1? (DO29DG )

    a. 0.5
    b. 1
    c. 1.5
    d. 2
2241: The letter M indicates a(n) __________. (D033DG )

    a. web frame
    b. intercostal
    c. stringer
    d. cant frame
2242: What is the area of a circle with a radius of 21 feet after a sector of 120° has been removed?

    a. 115.45 sq. ft
    b. 230.91 sq. ft
    c. 461.81 sq. ft
    d. 923.63 sq. ft
2243: You are using tackle number 4, as shown, to lift a weight. The hauling part of this tackle is bent to the weight hook of tackle number 11. What is the mechanical advantage of this rig? (DO29DG )

    a. 4
    b. 6
    c. 10
    d. 24
2244: If you are loading fruit in reefer spaces and you notice that the fruit is beginning to mold, you should __________.

    a. carry the cargo at a cooler temperature than originally planned
    b. write up exceptions on the cargo
    c. refuse to carry the cargo
    d. discharge CO2 into the compartment after loading
2245: To determine the number of certificated lifeboatmen required on a vessel, you should check the __________.

    a. Load Line Certificate
    b. Certificate of Inspection
    c. Safety of Life at Sea Certificate
    d. operations manual
2246: Cargoes that might leak from containers are known as __________.

    a. dirty cargoes
    b. caustic cargoes
    c. wet cargoes
    d. bulk cargoes
2247: The knot lettered M in illustration DO30DG is a __________. (DO30DG )

    a. stopper
    b. lashing
    c. becket bend
    d. carrick bend
2248: A "wet cargo" refers to __________.

    a. a cargo that will be damaged if it gets wet
    b. bulk liquids
    c. cargoes that will cause condensation
    d. liquids in containers
2249: Which knot should be used to secure a line to a spar when the pull is parallel to the spar? (DO30DG )

    a. G
    b. F
    c. P
    d. Q
2250: You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel by taking radar ranges and bearings of an isolated light while making a turn. The results are as shown. Based on this data what is the transfer for a turn of 90°? (D035DG )

    a. 380 yards
    b. 430 yards
    c. 485 yards
    d. 525 yards
2251: The letter I indicates the keel. Which of the following plates is NOT part of the keel? (D033DG )

    a. Center vertical keel
    b. Rider plate
    c. Longitudinal girder
    d. Flat plate keel
2253: What is the area of a circle with a radius of 17 feet after a sector of 57° has been removed?

    a. 764.17 sq. ft
    b. 190.66 sq. ft
    c. 145.27 sq. ft
    d. 36.85 sq. ft
2254: You are using tackle number 4 to lift a weight. The hauling part of this tackle is bent to the weight hook (w) of tackle number 10. What is the mechanical advantage of this rig? (D029DG )

    a. 4
    b. 5
    c. 9
    d. 20
2255: You are using tackle number 2 to lift a weight of 100 lbs. If you include 10 percent of the weight for each sheave for friction, what is the pull on the hauling part required to lift the weight? (D029DG )

    a. 50 lbs.
    b. 55 lbs.
    c. 60 lbs.
    d. 110 lbs.
2256: You are conducting trials to determine the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel. While making a turn, you take ranges and bearings of an isolated light with the results as shown. Based on this information, what is the transfer for a turn of 180°? (D034DG )

    a. 875 yards
    b. 910 yards
    c. 975 yards
    d. 1015 yards
2257: "Cribbing" is __________.

    a. wooden blocks or dunnage placed between a deck load and the deck
    b. the chains and shackles used to secure a deck cargo
    c. a crate in which a deck cargo is packaged
    d. cardboard separation pieces placed between deck loads to prevent chafing
2258: The knot lettered L in illustration DO30DG is a __________. (DO30DG )

    a. square knot
    b. double blackwall hitch
    c. fisherman's bend
    d. timber hitch
2259: You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel by taking radar ranges and bearings of an isolated light while making a turn. The results are as shown. Based on this data what is the advance for a turn of 90°? (D035DG )

    a. 490 yards
    b. 350 yards
    c. 800 yards
    d. 885 yards
2260: Cargo that gives off fumes that may contaminate other cargo is known as a(n) __________.

    a. delicate cargo
    b. dirty cargo
    c. toxic cargo
    d. odorous cargo
2261: The machinery associated with heaving in and running out anchor chain is the __________.

    a. winch
    b. windlass
    c. draw works
    d. dynamic pay out system
2262: Which statement about the carriage of solid hazardous materials in bulk is TRUE?

    a. A special permit issued by the Coast Guard is required before the cargo is loaded.
    b. The loading of the cargo must be conducted under the direction and observation of a person employed or assigned for that purpose.
    c. A certificate issued by ABS will be accepted as evidence that the vessel complies with all applicable loading regulations.
    d. The shipping papers must indicate the primary hazardous characteristic or property of the material.
2263: You are using tackle number 1 in illustration DO29DG to lift a weight of 100 lbs. If you include 10 percent of the weight for each sheave for friction, what is the pull on the hauling part required to lift the weight? (DO29DG )

    a. 50 lbs.
    b. 55 lbs.
    c. 100 lbs.
    d. 110 lbs.
2264: When you "end for end" a wire rope, you __________.

    a. cut off the free end and bitter end of the rope
    b. splice two wire ropes together
    c. remove the wire rope from the drum and reverse it so that the free end becomes the bitter end
    d. remove the wire rope from the drum and turn it over, so the wire bends in the opposite direction
2265: You are conducting trials to determine the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel. While making a turn, you take ranges and bearings of an isolated light with the results shown. Based on this information, what is the transfer for a turn of 45°? (D034DG )

    a. 130 yards
    b. 165 yards
    c. 195 yards
    d. 230 yards
2266: Your vessel has been damaged and is partially flooded. The first step to be taken in attempting to save the vessel is to __________.

    a. establish flooding boundaries and prevent further spread of flood water
    b. plug the hole(s) in the outer shell
    c. pump out the water inside the vessel
    d. calculate the free surface effect and lost buoyancy to determine the vessel's stability
2267: The knot lettered K in illustration DO30DG is a __________. (DO30DG )

    a. sailmaker's whipping
    b. carrick bend
    c. barrel hitch
    d. stopper
2268: The helm command "shift your rudder" means __________.

    a. check the swing of the vessel
    b. double your rudder angle or go to full rudder
    c. bring your rudder amidships
    d. change from right rudder to left rudder, or vice versa, an equal number of degrees
2270: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy, messages are sent by precedence. A message designated ROUTINE will be delivered within __________.

    a. 10 minutes if possible
    b. 1 to 6 hours
    c. 30 minutes to 1 hour
    d. 3 hours to start of business the following day
2271: You are signing on a crew. You can determine the minimum number and qualifications of the crew that you are required to carry by consulting which document?

    a. Crew list
    b. Certificate of Inspection
    c. Articles of Agreement
    d. fo'c'sle card
2272: Which knot is secure only when there is a strain on the line? (D030DG )

    a. H
    b. I
    c. L
    d. P
2273: What is the area of a circle with a radius of 4 feet after a sector of 111° has been removed?

    a. 3.90 sq. ft
    b. 8.67 sq. ft
    c. 34.77 sq. ft
    d. 50.27 sq. ft
2274: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy, messages are sent by precedence. A message designated PRIORITY will be delivered within __________.

    a. 3 hours to start of business the following day
    b. 30 minutes to 1 hour
    c. 1 to 6 hours
    d. 10 minutes if possible
2275: When inspecting wire rope before a hoisting operation, one must look for __________.

    a. fishhooks
    b. kinks
    c. worn spots
    d. All of the above
2276: You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel by taking radar ranges and bearings of an isolated light while making a turn. The results are as shown. Based on this data what is the advance for a turn of 60°? (D035DG )

    a. 665 yards
    b. 710 yards
    c. 745 yards
    d. 780 yards
2278: You will load and carry a bulk cargo of sulfur at ambient temperature. Which statement is true?

    a. Wooden covers must be laid over the bilge wells to prevent the sulfur from entering the bilges.
    b. Bulk sulfur may be carried without a special permit providing the vessel complies with all applicable regulations.
    c. The major characteristic of this cargo is that it forms sulfuric acid upon contact with water.
    d. Other hazardous material may not be stowed in the same hold as the sulfur but may be carried on deck above the hold.
2279: In plugging submerged holes; rags, wedges, and other materials should be used in conjunction with plugs to __________.

    a. reduce the water pressure on the hull
    b. reduce the possibility of stress fractures
    c. prevent progressive flooding
    d. reduce the water leaking around the plugs
2280: You are conducting trials to determine the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel. While making a turn, you take ranges and bearings of an isolated light with the results as shown. Based on this information, what is the advance for a turn of 45°? (D034DG )

    a. 590 yards
    b. 635 yards
    c. 690 yards
    d. 740 yards
2281: Your vessel has run hard aground in an area subject to heavy wave action. Backing full astern failed to free her. Which action should be taken next?

    a. Continue backing to scour out the bottom.
    b. Wait for high tide and then try backing.
    c. Flood empty tanks to increase bottom pressure and prevent inshore creep.
    d. Shift weight aft to reduce the forward draft.
2282: Using the graph in illustration D008DG, if the dry bulb temperature is 77° and the wet bulb temperature is 69°, what is the relative humidity in a cargo hold? (D008DG )

    a. 67%
    b. 70%
    c. 77%
    d. 81%
2283: What is the area of a circle with a radius of 2 feet after a sector of 86° has been removed?

    a. 2.39 sq. ft
    b. 3.02 sq. ft
    c. 9.55 sq. ft
    d. 12.57 sq. ft
2284: In determining the scope of anchor line to pay out when anchoring a small boat, one must consider the __________.

    a. charted depth of water only
    b. depth of water, including tidal differences
    c. type of line being used for the anchor rope
    d. type of anchor being used
2285: While writing in the logbook at the end of your watch, you make an error in writing an entry. What is the proper way of correcting this error?

    a. Remove this page of the log book and rewrite all entries on a clean page.
    b. Carefully and neatly erase the entry and rewrite it correctly.
    c. Blot out the error completely and rewrite the entry correctly.
    d. Cross out the error with a single line, write the correct entry, and initial it.
2286: Cargo that is highly susceptible to damage by tainting from odorous cargo is called __________.

    a. clean cargo
    b. delicate cargo
    c. dry cargo
    d. immune cargo
2287: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy, messages are sent by precedence. A message designated IMMEDIATE will be delivered within __________.

    a. 30 minutes to 1 hour
    b. 1 to 6 hours
    c. 3 hours to start of business the following day
    d. 10 minutes if possible
2288: What will cause wire rope to fail?

    a. Operating the winch too fast
    b. Using a sheave 9 times the wire's diameter
    c. Kinking
    d. All of the above
2289: A seaman you have just discharged has a Continuous Discharge Book. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. The record of entry in the continuous discharge book shall agree with the entry made in the Ship's Articles.
    b. If the vessel was on coastwise articles, the record of discharge will be made in the Official Logbook.
    c. An entry should be made in the book and a Certificate of Discharge issued to the seaman.
    d. A Certificate of Discharge form should be attached to the book.
2290: The sprocket teeth on a wildcat are known as the __________.

    a. pawls
    b. devil's claws
    c. whelps
    d. pockets
2291: Before a Master relieves a Pilot of the conn, the __________.

    a. Master must first request the Pilot to take corrective action
    b. Master should agree to sign a release of liability form
    c. Master should foresee any danger to the vessel on the present course
    d. vessel must be in extremis
2292: The biggest problem encountered when towing bridle legs are too short is __________.

    a. retrieval
    b. adjusting tension
    c. excessive strain
    d. hookup to main towline
2293: As defined in the regulations governing marine casualties a "marine employer" may be the __________.

    a. owner
    b. agent
    c. Master
    d. All of the above
2299: You are on a multiple-product chemical tanker and will carry cargoes of isophorone, ethylenediamine, and creosote. Which of the following is TRUE?

    a. All of these cargoes are compatible.
    b. Isophorone is incompatible with ethylenediamine but may be stowed adjacent to creosote.
    c. All of these cargoes are incompatible.
    d. Ethylenediamine is compatible with isophorone but both are incompatible with creosote.
2300: In the stowage of deck cargo, "cribbing" is __________.

    a. placed on deck to support the cargo
    b. separation pieces used to keep cylinders upright and steady
    c. shims for stowing baled cargo
    d. nets placed across the hatch opening to keep the cargo from falling in the hatch
2301: In towing, chocks are used to __________.

    a. protect the towline from chafing
    b. secure the end of the towline on the tug
    c. stop off the towline while retrieving it
    d. absorb shock loading on the towline
2302: What is NOT required to be approved or certified by the U.S. Coast Guard before being used on inspected vessels?

    a. Lifesaving equipment that is in excess of the regulatory minimum
    b. Ship's stores that are Class A poisons or Class A explosives
    c. Steel plate used in hull construction
    d. EPIRBs
2303: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and wish to send a message warning of a hurricane. Which precedence would you assign this message?

    a. P (PRIORITY)
    b. Z (FLASH)
    c. R (ROUTINE)
    d. O (IMMEDIATE)
2305: Which will cause a wire rope to fail?

    a. Using a medium graphite grease as a lubricant
    b. Operating a winch too slow
    c. Using a sheave with an undersized throat
    d. A sheave diameter of 24 times the wire's diameter
2310: How do you determine the weight of the vessel that is supported by the ground when a vessel has run aground?

    a. This requires extensive calculation and is usually performed only by a naval architect not by a ship's officer.
    b. Determine the point where aground and the draft at that point, then calculate it using the grounding formula.
    c. Use the hydrostatic tables and enter with the mean draft before grounding and the mean draft after grounding.
    d. Use the inclining experiment formula and substitute the change of trim for the angle of list.
2311: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy, messages are sent by precedence. A message designated FLASH will be delivered within __________.

    a. 10 minutes if possible
    b. 1 to 6 hours
    c. 30 minutes to 1 hour
    d. 3 hours to start of business the following day
2315: Which splice is used to connect two separate lines together?

    a. Back splice
    b. Chain splice
    c. Eye splice
    d. Long splice
2316: A lookout can leave his/her station __________.

    a. at any time
    b. at the end of the watch
    c. 15 minutes before the end of the watch
    d. only when properly relieved
2321: Your vessel has run aground and is touching bottom for the first one-quarter of its length. What is the LEAST desirable method from the standpoint of stability to decrease the bottom pressure?

    a. Discharge forward deck cargo.
    b. Pump out the forepeak tank.
    c. Shift deck cargo aft.
    d. Flood an after double-bottom tank.
2322: Fittings used for towing must be __________.

    a. Coast Guard approved
    b. stamped with maximum working loads
    c. securely fastened
    d. positioned exactly at the bow of the towed vessel
2325: Which line cannot be spliced?

    a. Braided line with a hollow core
    b. Double-braided line
    c. Braided line with a solid core
    d. Any line can be spliced
2335: When two lines are spliced together, __________.

    a. the size of the lines at the splice decreases
    b. they are stronger than if knotted together
    c. the overall strength of each line is increased
    d. the bitter ends will resist rotting
2336: The maneuver which will return your vessel in the shortest time to a person who has fallen overboard is __________.

    a. engine(s) crash astern, no turn
    b. two 180°Turns
    c. a Williamson Turn
    d. a single turn with hard rudder
2341: The grooved wheel inside a block is called a __________.

    a. cheek
    b. gypsy
    c. sheave
    d. drum
2342: How many tons of salt water can be loaded into a flat ended cylindrical tank with a diameter of 3 feet and a length of 8 feet?

    a. 1.62
    b. 1.98
    c. 3.23
    d. 6.46
2343: When securing a hook to the end of a wire rope you should use __________.

    a. a bowline knot
    b. a long splice
    c. an overhand knot with a wire rope clip
    d. wire rope clips with a thimble eye
2344: An example of an anchor which has a stock is a __________.

    a. Bruce anchor
    b. Dunn anchor
    c. Hook anchor
    d. Danforth anchor
2345: A splice that can be used in running rigging, where the line will pass through blocks, is a __________.

    a. short splice
    b. long splice
    c. back splice
    d. spindle splice
2346: What is the volume of a sphere with a radius of 11 feet?

    a. 506.75 cubic ft.
    b. 696.78 cubic ft.
    c. 5,575.28 cubic ft.
    d. 44,593.82 cubic ft.
2347: What is an advantage of having wire rope with a fiber core over that of a wire rope of the same size with a wire core?

    a. Fiber core rope offers greater strength.
    b. Fiber core rope offers greater flexibility.
    c. Fiber core rope can be used at higher operating temperatures.
    d. Fiber core rope is the only type authorized for cargo runners.
2348: You are on a multiple-product chemical tanker and will carry cargoes of allyl alcohol, benzene, and propanolamine. Which of the following is true?

    a. All of these cargoes are mutually compatible.
    b. Benzene may not be carried in a tank adjacent to either of the other two cargoes.
    c. Allyl alcohol is incompatible with propanolamine but both are compatible with benzene.
    d. Propanolamine is compatible with allyl alcohol but must be segregated from benzene.
2349: What is the volume of a sphere with a radius of 7 feet?

    a. 11,491.87 cubic ft.
    b. 1,436.76 cubic ft.
    c. 963.72 cubic ft.
    d. 205.21 cubic ft.
2350: A temporary wire eye splice made with three wire rope clamps will hold approximately what percentage of the total rope strength?

    a. 20%
    b. 50%
    c. 80%
    d. 99%
2351: What is the area of a circle with a diameter of 12 feet after a sector of 86° has been removed?

    a. 108.57 square ft.
    b. 86.08 square ft.
    c. 28.65 square ft.
    d. 27.14 square ft.
2352: The recessed areas on a wildcat are called __________.

    a. pawls
    b. sockets
    c. pockets
    d. devil's claws
2353: Which mooring line prevents sideways motion of a vessel moored to a pier?

    a. A line led forward from the bow
    b. A line led aft from the bow
    c. A line led in the same direction as the keel
    d. A line led at a right angle to the keel
2354: What is the area of a circle with a diameter of 21 feet after a sector of 72° has been removed?

    a. 277.09 square ft.
    b. 149.43 square ft.
    c. 69.27 square ft.
    d. 52.78 square ft.
2355: The metal, teardrop-shaped object sometimes used within an eyesplice is a __________.

    a. grommet
    b. reinforcement
    c. splice form
    d. thimble
2356: "Hard right rudder" means __________.

    a. jam the rudder against the stops
    b. meet a swing to the right, then return to amidships
    c. put the rudder over to the right all the way
    d. put the rudder over quickly to 15 degrees right rudder
2360: Splices made in nylon should __________.

    a. be long splices only
    b. have extra tucks taken
    c. be short splices only
    d. be around a thimble
2361: The BEST information on the nature and extent of damage to the vessel is obtained from __________.

    a. alarms and monitoring devices
    b. the engineroom watch
    c. personnel at the scene of the damage
    d. the bridge watch
2365: A six-strand composite rope made up of alternate fiber and wire strands around a fiber core is called __________.

    a. spring lay
    b. lang lay
    c. cable lay
    d. alternate lay
2366: To "shore up" the main deck for the stowage of deck cargo means to __________.

    a. weld pad eyes on deck in proper position to secure the cargo
    b. strengthen the main deck by placing pillars underneath it in the tween-decks
    c. distribute the weight of the cargo by placing fore-and-aft planks on the main deck
    d. package the cargo in wooden crates so it will not damage the deck
2367: What is the volume of a sphere with a radius of 5 feet?

    a. 4,188.00 cubic ft.
    b. 523.60 cubic ft.
    c. 129.62 cubic ft.
    d. 65.44 cubic ft.
2375: You are on a multiple-product chemical tanker and will carry cargoes of ethanolamine, methyl acrylate, and glycerine. Which statement is true?

    a. All of these cargoes are mutually incompatible.
    b. Glycerine may be stowed adjacent to methyl acrylate but must be segregated from ethanolamine.
    c. Methyl acrylate and ethanolamine are compatible but both must be segregated from glycerine.
    d. Glycerine is compatible with both of the other cargoes.
2376: A vessel has an amidships superstructure. Which location would be most suitable for on-deck stowage of automobiles?

    a. On top of #1 hatch
    b. Beside the hatches, forward of the midships house
    c. On top of the hatch immediately forward of the midships house
    d. On top of the hatch immediately aft of the midships house
2377: You are the operator of a towing vessel which collides with a buoy and drags it off station. What should you do if the damage to your vessel is not serious?

    a. If the buoy is afloat, no action is necessary.
    b. Immediately notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Inspection Office and no further action is necessary.
    c. Wait one week and submit form CG-2692 to the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Inspection Office.
    d. Immediately notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Inspection Office and then submit form CG-2692.
2384: What is the volume of a sphere with a radius of 3 feet?

    a. 113.08 cubic ft.
    b. 96.57 cubic ft.
    c. 37.69 cubic ft.
    d. 28.23 cubic ft.
2385: You are on a multiple-product chemical tanker and will carry cargoes of butyric acid, propylene oxide, and octyl alcohol. Which statement is true?

    a. Butyric acid is incompatible with octyl alcohol but not propylene oxide.
    b. Propylene oxide may not be stowed in a tank adjacent to butyric acid.
    c. All of these cargoes are compatible.
    d. Octyl alcohol is incompatible with both butyric acid and propylene oxide.
2386: A vessel has an amidships superstructure. Which location would be most suitable for main deck stowage of vehicles?

    a. On top of #1 hatch
    b. Beside the hatches, forward of the midships house
    c. On top of the aftermost hatch on the vessel
    d. On top of the hatch immediately aft of the midships house
2387: What is the area of a circle with a diameter of 2 feet after a sector of 60° has been removed?

    a. 0.25 square ft.
    b. 0.52 square ft.
    c. 2.09 square ft.
    d. 2.62 square ft.
2388: What is the area of a circle with a diameter of 4 feet after a sector of 120° has been removed?

    a. 2.67 square ft.
    b. 4.19 square ft.
    c. 8.38 square ft.
    d. 10.67 square ft.
2389: What is the area of a circle with a diameter of 17 feet after a sector of 111° has been removed?

    a. 36.94 square ft.
    b. 156.99 square ft.
    c. 226.98 square ft.
    d. 627.47 square ft.
2390: Determine the weight of a rectangular piece of 20.4 lb. steel measuring 4 feet by 6 feet.

    a. 204.0 lbs.
    b. 489.6 lbs.
    c. 734.4 lbs.
    d. 979.2 lbs.
2391: Determine the weight of a rectangular piece of 40.8 lbs. steel measuring 3 feet by 5 feet.

    a. 326.4 lbs
    b. 453.6 lbs
    c. 612.0 lbs
    d. 1224.0 lbs
2392: Determine the weight of a rectangular piece of 12.75 lbs. steel measuring 5 feet by 8 feet.

    a. 510.00 lbs.
    b. 255.00 lbs.
    c. 198.89 lbs.
    d. 165.75 lbs.
2393: Determine the weight of a rectangular piece of 25.5 lbs. steel measuring 4.5 feet by 6.7 feet.

    a. 285.6 lbs.
    b. 329.7 lbs.
    c. 591.2 lbs.
    d. 768.8 lbs.
2394: Determine the area of a triangle with a base of 3.5 feet and a height of 4.0 feet.

    a. 7.0 square ft.
    b. 7.5 square ft.
    c. 11.5 square ft.
    d. 14.0 square ft.
2395: Determine the area of a triangle with a base of 4.7 feet and a height of 6.3 feet.

    a. 29.6 square ft.
    b. 26.2 square ft.
    c. 18.5 square ft.
    d. 14.8 square ft.
2396: Determine the area of a triangle with a base of 5.8 feet and a height of 2.1 feet.

    a. 12.2 square ft.
    b. 7.9 square ft.
    c. 6.1 square ft.
    d. 3.0 square ft.
2397: Determine the area of a triangle with a base of 6.7 feet and a height of 9.1 feet.

    a. 61.0 square ft.
    b. 30.5 square ft.
    c. 22.9 square ft.
    d. 15.8 square ft.
2398: How many tons of salt water can be loaded into a flat-ended cylindrical tank with a diameter of 4.5 feet and a length of 8 feet?

    a. 1.82
    b. 3.64
    c. 7.27
    d. 14.54
2399: You are standing wheel watch on entering port and the Master gives you a rudder command which conflicts with a rudder command from the Pilot. What should you do?

    a. Obey the Pilot.
    b. Bring the rudder to a position midway between the two conflicting positions.
    c. Ask the Pilot if he relinquishes control.
    d. Obey the Master.
2400: The turning circle of a vessel is the path followed by the __________.

    a. bow
    b. outermost part of the ship while making the circle
    c. center of gravity
    d. tipping center
2450: Which statement is FALSE concerning precautions during fueling operations?

    a. All engines, motors, fans, etc. should be shut down when fueling.
    b. All windows, doors, hatches, etc. should be closed.
    c. A fire extinguisher should be kept nearby.
    d. Fuel tanks should be topped off with no room for expansion.
2451: A safety shackle is identified by its __________.

    a. shape
    b. pin
    c. certification stamp
    d. color code
2452: Which is an advantage of using watertight longitudinal divisions in double bottom tanks?

    a. Cuts down free surface effect
    b. Increases the rolling period
    c. Decreases weight because extra stiffeners are unneeded
    d. Lowers the center of buoyancy without decreasing GM
2453: On a ship's crane, the load chart relates the allowable load to the combination of the boom length and __________.

    a. winch speed
    b. boom strength
    c. load radius
    d. cable strength
2454: You are going astern (single-screw, right-handed propeller) with the anchor down at a scope of twice the depth of the water. As the anchor dredges, you should expect the __________.

    a. stern to walk to the same side as the anchor being used
    b. vessel to back in a straight line
    c. stern to walk to port but at a reduced rate
    d. stern to walk to port at a faster rate than normal
2455: The boom indicator on a crane will indicate the __________.

    a. length of the boom
    b. angle of the boom
    c. lifting capacity of the boom
    d. direction of the boom
2456: Which term describes a part of a natural fiber line?

    a. Lacings
    b. Lays
    c. Strands
    d. Twines
2456: Which term describes a part of a natural fiber line?

    a. Lacings
    b. Lays
    c. Strands
    d. Twines
2458: A carling is used aboard ship __________.

    a. as a connecting strap between the butted ends of plating
    b. to stiffen areas under points of great stress between beams
    c. to prevent the anchor from fouling when the brake is released
    d. to provide an extra heavy fitting in a heavy lift cargo rig
2459: Tripping defects in anchors frequently occur in __________.

    a. deep water
    b. shallow water
    c. stiff soils
    d. soft soils
2460: You are operating a twin-screw vessel and lose your port engine. You continue to operate on your starboard engine only. Which action would you take to move your vessel ahead in a straight line?

    a. Compensate with right rudder.
    b. Compensate with left rudder.
    c. Surge the starboard engine.
    d. Rudder amidships - no compensation is necessary on a twin-screw vessel.
2461: In writing up the logbook at the end of your watch, you make an error in writing an entry. What is the proper way of correcting this error?

    a. Carefully and neatly erase the entry and rewrite it correctly.
    b. Cross out the error with a single line, write the correct entry, and initial it.
    c. Blot out the error completely and rewrite the entry correctly.
    d. Remove this page of the log book and rewrite all entries on a clean page.
2462: Which term describes a part of a natural fiber line?

    a. Twines
    b. Fibers
    c. Lays
    d. Lacings
2462: Which term describes a part of a natural fiber line?

    a. Twines
    b. Fibers
    c. Lays
    d. Lacings
2463: The crane manufacturer's load chart should be posted at or near the __________.

    a. crane pedestal
    b. wire rope locker
    c. main deck
    d. crane control console
2464: Which term describes a part of a natural fiber line?

    a. Yarns
    b. Twines
    c. Lacings
    d. Lays
2466: The pillar shape that gives the greatest strength for the least weight is the __________.

    a. octagonal pillar
    b. "H" Beam pillar
    c. "I" Beam pillar
    d. circular type pillar
2469: While cranking out a quadrantal davit, slippage of the quadrant due to excessive wear or failure of the teeth in the quadrant will cause the __________.

    a. davit arm to pivot on the traveling nut and the head to fall outboard
    b. traveling nut to lock up in place on the worm gear
    c. limit switch to engage and hold the traveling nut in position
    d. winch brake to lock in position and prevent lowering the boat
2470: Which type of bottom provides most anchors with the best holding ability?

    a. Clay and rocks
    b. Soft mud
    c. Sandy mud
    d. Soft sand
2471: To determine the number of able seamen required on an inspected vessel, you should check the __________.

    a. Load Line Certificate
    b. operations manual
    c. Safety of Life at Sea Certificate
    d. Certificate of Inspection
2472: A "liner" in riveted construction of a vessel is a(n) __________.

    a. small plate which fills the aperture between riveted strakes and the vessel framing
    b. backing plate which is used to level the strakes while riveting, and then removed
    c. internal frame to which the side shell is riveted
    d. seam that is welded after riveting is completed
2474: Generally speaking, the more destructive storms occurring on the Great Lakes usually come from the __________.

    a. northeast or east
    b. southwest or west
    c. northwest or north
    d. southeast or south
2475: The use of liners in riveted construction is eliminated by using __________.

    a. lapped construction
    b. strapped construction
    c. joggled construction
    d. belted construction
2476: At the outbreak of war your ship is caught in an enemy port. Which statement is FALSE?

    a. You should attempt to contact U.S. Consular officials.
    b. You should attempt to clear for sea before your ship is interned.
    c. You should resist boarding by local officials.
    d. You should try to send a Ship Hostile Action Report to the NGA (formerly NIMA).
2478: A "contra-guide" is a type of __________.

    a. bow thruster
    b. cargo gear
    c. steering engine
    d. rudder
2479: Which type of weld testing can be used to detect internal flaws?

    a. Magnetic particle
    b. Dye penetrant
    c. Ultrasonic
    d. Chemical reaction
2480: A Danforth lightweight anchor does NOT hold well in which type of bottom?

    a. Mud
    b. Grass
    c. Sand
    d. Clay
2481: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and wish to send a message concerning an initial enemy contact. Which precedence would you assign this message?

    a. P (PRIORITY)
    b. Z (FLASH)
    c. R (ROUTINE)
    d. O (IMMEDIATE)
2484: The type of joint formed when an edge of one plate is laid over the edge of the plate to which it is riveted is a __________.

    a. grip joint
    b. strap joint
    c. thread joint
    d. lap joint
2486: Which weld fault can only be detected by a method that examines the internal structure of a weld?

    a. Undercut
    b. Lack of reinforcement
    c. Overlap
    d. Lack of penetration
2488: A vessel is constructed with a steel hull and an aluminum superstructure. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. The aluminum will provide greater resistance to the spread of fire by conduction.
    b. The aluminum structure is usually attached to a steel coaming by a method that insulates the two metals.
    c. If the superstructure is stressed, an aluminum structure requires additional expansion joints to prevent fracture.
    d. The steel at the area of the aluminum-to-steel connection must be closely checked for galvanic corrosion.
2489: A post on a dock or wharf used to secure mooring lines or hawsers is called a __________.

    a. bitt
    b. bollard
    c. cleat
    d. capstan
2490: The best method of protecting that portion of a fiber anchor line nearest the anchor from chafing on the bottom is by __________.

    a. using a small scope ratio
    b. replacing that portion with a short length of chain
    c. using a hockle to keep that portion of the anchor line off the bottom
    d. using a synthetic line
2491: Before being certified by the American Bureau of Shipping, anchor chain must undergo __________.

    a. USCG inspection
    b. a breaking test
    c. x-ray inspection
    d. spectroanalysis
2492: When a tug makes up to a large vessel, the spring line should lead from the forwardmost part of the tug so that __________.

    a. friction on the spring line is minimized
    b. the length of the spring line is minimized
    c. the head line and spring line can be worked simultaneously
    d. the tug can pivot freely
2493: Your U.S. tankship is designed to carry anhydrous ammonia in bulk. The keel was laid in 1980. Which statement concerning the carriage of this cargo is TRUE?

    a. A flammable gas detection system must be installed in each cargo pump room.
    b. Tanks may not be located "on deck".
    c. Carriage of this cargo is authorized by issuance of an IMO Certificate.
    d. Aluminum and copper alloys are prohibited from being in valve parts in contact with the cargo.
2494: The major components which determine the length of a catenary in a deployed anchor cable are water depth, cable weight, and __________.

    a. cable tension
    b. water temperature
    c. bottom conditions
    d. water density
2496: Which statement about the dangerous cargo manifest is FALSE?

    a. The manifest must be made up by the carrier, agents, and any person designated for this purpose.
    b. Shipments of hazardous and non-hazardous cargoes may be listed on the manifest if they are destined for the same consignee.
    c. The manifest must be kept in a designated holder on or near the bridge.
    d. The hazard class of each cargo must be indicated.
2499: Single hull vessels operating exclusively on the Great Lakes must be dry docked at intervals not to exceed __________.

    a. 12 months
    b. 24 months
    c. 48 months
    d. 60 months
2500: Which part of an anchor actually digs into the bottom?

    a. Stock
    b. Fluke
    c. Shank
    d. Crown
2502: A tow of 9 barges is made up three abreast by three long. The towboat is faced up to the last barge of the center string. The outer two strings of barges are the __________.

    a. port and starboard strings
    b. outer strings
    c. drag strings
    d. side strings
2504: A seaman may have all or part of his wages deposited by allotment to a bank or savings institution. Which of the following is NOT a requirement for this type of allotment?

    a. The account must be either a checking or savings account.
    b. The institution must be insured by the FSLIC or FDIC.
    c. The account must be opened by the seaman and maintained in the seaman's name.
    d. All of the above are requirements.
2506: A tow of 9 barges is made up three abreast and three long. The towboat is faced up to the center string which is known as the __________.

    a. main string
    b. push string
    c. power string
    d. face string
2508: What is required to launch a boat stowed in a crescent davit?

    a. Hoist the boat clear of the cradle.
    b. Release the outboard part of the cradle.
    c. Rig the tricing lines.
    d. Crank the crescent out.
2509: What is the purpose of cant frames in steel vessels?

    a. To support the overhang of the stern
    b. To provide strength to shell plating at the stern
    c. To add strength to the deck beams which support the weather decks
    d. To support the plating of a cylindrical tank
2510: Mooring lines should be turned end-for-end occasionally. This is because __________.

    a. a line is weakened by constantly pulling on it in one direction
    b. normal wear on the line is thus distributed to different areas
    c. it prevents the line from kinking or unlaying
    d. it prevents permanent misalignment of the line's internal strands
2512: Ultrasonic testing is used to determine the thickness of a vessel's shell plating and to __________.

    a. provide tail shaft clearances
    b. test welds for subsurface defects
    c. check the wear of the rudder carrier bearing
    d. test the links of the anchor cables while being ranged
2516: Which statement about the dangerous cargo manifest, carried on a ship, is TRUE?

    a. The manifest must be made up by the Master or other designated ship's officer.
    b. Shipments of hazardous and non-hazardous cargo may be listed on the manifest if they are destined for the same consignee.
    c. The manifest must be kept in a designated holder on or near the bridge.
    d. The type of label(s) required for each cargo must be indicated.
2519: If a passenger vessel navigating the Great Lakes is required to carry 8 ring life buoys, how many of these buoys must have water lights attached?

    a. 8
    b. 6
    c. 4
    d. 2
2520: When a line is spirally coiled about its end and lying flat on deck, it is said to be __________.

    a. coiled
    b. faked
    c. flemished
    d. seized
2520: When a line is spirally coiled about its end and lying flat on deck, it is said to be __________.

    a. coiled
    b. faked
    c. flemished
    d. seized
2521: The period of roll is the time difference between __________.

    a. zero inclination to full inclination on one side
    b. full inclination on one side to full inclination on the other side
    c. full inclination on one side to the next full inclination on the same side
    d. zero inclination to the next zero inclination
2524: Which entry on a dangerous cargo manifest concerning the classification of a cargo is NOT correct?

    a. Class 8
    b. Division 3.1
    c. Division 2.3
    d. All of the above are incorrect
2528: Which entry on a dangerous cargo manifest concerning the classification of a cargo is correct?

    a. Class 8
    b. Class 3 - flammable liquid
    c. Division 2.2 - nonflammable gas
    d. All of the above are correct
2529: Which condition would NOT entitle a vessel to carry goods on deck?

    a. The shipper agrees to deck stowage
    b. The cargo will damage other cargoes by tainting or contamination
    c. Deck stowage is required by law or regulation
    d. Deck stowage is customary in the trade (i.e. timber cargoes)
2530: Your vessel has gone aground in waters where the tide is falling. The BEST action you can take is to __________.

    a. set out a kedge anchor
    b. shift the vessel's load aft and repeatedly surge the engine(s) astern
    c. shift the vessel's load forward and wait until the next high tide
    d. slowly bring the engine(s) to full speed astern
2532: For a given weight of cargo, the stress on the heel block of a cargo boom __________.

    a. increases as the cargo closes the head while hoisting
    b. increases if the cargo runner is doubled up
    c. decreases as the boom is topped to a greater angle
    d. is determined by the thrust stresses on the boom
2533: You should attach a towline to a trailer eye bolt using a(n)______________.

    a. eye splice
    b. bowline
    c. towing hitch
    d. square knot
2534: Great Lakes vessels, using liferafts, must have sufficient liferaft capacity on each side of the vessel to accommodate at least __________.

    a. 50% of the persons on board
    b. 100% of the persons on board
    c. 100% of the persons normally assigned to those spaces
    d. 150% of the crew
2536: Wages due a seaman may be attached by the court for the __________.

    a. payment of any fines imposed by the court
    b. payment of back taxes to the IRS
    c. support of a spouse
    d. All of the above
2539: The distance between rivets in a row is known as the __________.

    a. arm
    b. pitch
    c. gage
    d. rivet distance
2540: In small craft terminology, all of the anchor gear between a boat and her anchor is called the __________.

    a. stock
    b. chock
    c. scope
    d. rode
2542: When loading containers into the cell guides in the hold of a container ship, which statement is TRUE?

    a. No further securing is usually required.
    b. Containers must have vertical lashings if they do not have twist lock securing.
    c. All containers must have vertical and horizontal lashings.
    d. The container must be locked into the cell guide.
2546: The dangerous cargo manifest does NOT indicate __________.

    a. the stowage location of hazardous material aboard the vessel
    b. a description of the packaging (drums, boxes, etc.)
    c. UN identification numbers
    d. the net weight of each hazardous cargo
2547: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy, messages are sent by precedence. A message designated IMMEDIATE will be delivered within __________.

    a. 3 hours to start of business the following day
    b. 30 minutes to 1 hour
    c. 1 to 6 hours
    d. 10 minutes if possible
2548: What is the accepted standard for wire rope falls used in connection with the lifeboat gear?

    a. Six by seven galvanized wire rope
    b. Six by twenty-four improved plow steel wire rope
    c. Six by thirty-seven preformed fiber-core wire rope
    d. Six by nineteen regular-lay filler wire rope
2549: An example of a modern anchor which has a stock is a(n) __________.

    a. articulated anchor
    b. Flipper Delta anchor
    c. Baldt anchor
    d. Danforth anchor
2550: When a small craft's anchor fouls in a rocky bottom, the first attempt to clear it should be made by __________.

    a. hauling vertically on the line
    b. making the line fast to the bitt and bringing the vessel further forward
    c. reversing the angle and direction of pull, with moderate scope
    d. increasing the scope and running slowly in a wide circle with the anchor line taut
2551: What welding pattern is NOT used to permanently attach a stiffener to a plate?

    a. Chain intermittent
    b. Tack
    c. Continuous
    d. Staggered intermittent
2552: When using a Mediterranean Moor, the vessel is moored with her __________.

    a. bow to the pier
    b. anchors crossed
    c. anchor chains forward, side to the pier
    d. stern to the pier
2553: The key to rescuing a man overboard is __________.

    a. good equipment
    b. a dedicated crew
    c. well-conducted drills
    d. good communication
2554: The welds used to attach stiffeners to a plate are known as __________.

    a. butt welds
    b. seam welds
    c. fillet welds
    d. plate welds
2556: The type of joint formed when a third small plate is riveted over two plates butted together is called a __________.

    a. butted joint
    b. lap joint
    c. strap joint
    d. stringer joint
2557: Which Naval Control of Shipping publication should be aboard your vessel?

    a. ATP-2 Vol. II - Allied Control of Shipping Manual
    b. NWP-II - Underway Replenishment Guide
    c. Warship Recognition Cards
    d. ATP-1 - Allied Tactical Signals
2558: A sling is a device used in __________.

    a. hoisting cargo aboard a vessel
    b. hoisting personnel aboard a vessel
    c. securing a small boat to a large vessel
    d. hoisting the anchor
2559: A vessel in Great Lakes service shall carry anchors in accordance with standards established by the __________.

    a. American Bureau of Shipping
    b. Canadian Coast Guard
    c. U.S. Coast Guard
    d. underwriter of the vessel
2560: The tankship Northland is loaded as shown. Use the salmon colored pages in the Stability Data Reference Book to determine the hogging numeral. (Get Table Data)

    a. 101.02 numeral
    b. 91.36 numeral
    c. 72.43 numeral
    d. 52.79 numeral
2562: As you hold a piece of manila line vertically in front of you, the strands run from the lower left to the upper right. Which type of line is this?

    a. Right-hand laid
    b. Cable-laid
    c. Sennet-laid
    d. Water-laid
2564: The major components which determine the length of catenary in a deployed anchor cable are water depth, cable tension, and __________.

    a. environmental forces
    b. bottom conditions
    c. cable weight
    d. water density
2566: The welds used to join shell plates in flush construction are known as __________.

    a. butt welds
    b. seam welds
    c. fillet welds
    d. continuous welds
2567: When relieving the helm, the new helmsman should know the __________.

    a. variation
    b. gyro error
    c. course per magnetic steering compass
    d. maximum rudder angle previously used
2568: You are proceeding along the right bank of a narrow channel aboard a right-handed single-screw vessel. The vessel starts to sheer due to bank suction/cushion effect. You should __________.

    a. stop engines and put the rudder left full
    b. back full with rudder amidships
    c. decrease speed and put the rudder right full
    d. increase speed and put the rudder right full
2569: When discharging an oil cargo, the first consideration is to __________.

    a. get the bow up
    b. discharge from the wings first
    c. discharge from the centerline tanks first
    d. discharge from amidships first
2570: When a line is laid down in loose, looping figure-eights, it is said to be __________.

    a. faked
    b. flemished
    c. coiled
    d. chined
2572: A tug would NOT assist a ship to steer if the tug is made up to the large vessel __________.

    a. by a tow line ahead of the vessel
    b. forward on either bow of the vessel
    c. approximately amidships of the vessel
    d. on the vessel's quarter
2574: You are proceeding down a channel and lose the engine(s). You must use the anchors to stop the ship. Which statement is true?

    a. Pay out all of the cable before setting up on the brake to insure the anchors dig in and hold.
    b. For a mud, mud and clay, or sandy bottom pay out a scope of 5 to 7 times the depth before setting up on the brake.
    c. Use one or both anchors with a scope of twice the depth before setting the brake.
    d. Drop the anchor to short stay and hold that scope.
2578: According to regulations when, if ever, may cargo hatches on Great Lakes vessels, with more than 6 feet of freeboard, be left uncovered or open while the vessel is being navigated?

    a. If a Mate deems it necessary for ship's maintenance
    b. At the discretion of the Master, for reasonable purposes
    c. On the authority of the Bosun
    d. The hatch may never be uncovered
2579: Where are the test certificates, for wire rope used as cargo runners, and loose gear certificates usually maintained?

    a. With the Cargo Gear Register on the ship
    b. In the Official Log
    c. At the Coast Guard Marine Safety Office with the vessel's inspection records
    d. At the central records center of the agency testing the cargo gear
2579: Where are the test certificates, for wire rope used as cargo runners, and loose gear certificates usually maintained?

    a. With the Cargo Gear Register on the ship
    b. In the Official Log
    c. At the Coast Guard Marine Safety Office with the vessel's inspection records
    d. At the central records center of the agency testing the cargo gear
2580: You want to double the strength of a mooring line by using two lines. To accomplish this, the second line must __________.

    a. be 1 1/2 times the diameter of the first
    b. be married to the first
    c. not cross the first
    d. be of the same length
2581: How does the effect known as "bank suction" act on a single-screw vessel proceeding along a narrow channel?

    a. It pulls the stern toward the bank.
    b. It heels the vessel toward the bank.
    c. It pushes the entire vessel away from the bank.
    d. It pulls the bow toward the bank.
2582: What is usually NOT required in preparing a hold for reception of a bulk grain cargo?

    a. Remove residue of previous cargo.
    b. Remove loose rust and scale.
    c. Steam clean areas obstructed by structural members.
    d. Spray or fumigate any insect colonies.
2588: Rivets are usually made of __________.

    a. wrought-iron
    b. aluminum
    c. high-tensile steel
    d. mild steel
2589: The angle at which the anchor flukes penetrate the soil is the __________.

    a. burial angle
    b. penetration angle
    c. fluke angle
    d. holding angle
2590: Which method of adjusting mooring lines is MOST useful for leaving a boat free to rise and fall with the tide?

    a. Crossing the spring lines
    b. Slacking all forward running lines while keeping all after running lines taut
    c. Doubling up on spring or breast lines
    d. Slacking bow and stern lines
2591: A tow astern is veering from side to side on its towline. The best way of controlling the action is to __________.

    a. trim the tow by the bow
    b. trim the tow by the stern
    c. list the tow to windward
    d. adjust the length of the towing bridle
2592: The internal volume of a cargo hold measured from the inside faces of the cargo battens, the lower side of the deck beams, and the top of the tank top ceiling is known as the __________.

    a. gross tonnage
    b. deadweight space
    c. bale cubic
    d. stowage area
2593: On a transpacific voyage, you receive a message from your vessel's operators saying that your vessel has been consigned to voluntary Naval Control of Shipping. Further information is contained in __________.

    a. the Light List
    b. Radio Aids to Navigation (PUB 117)
    c. the International Code of Signals (PUB 102)
    d. the Coast Pilot
2594: Which is NOT an advantage of the flush method of welded shell plating?

    a. Reduces weight
    b. Reduces frictional resistance
    c. Keeps practically 100% of tensile strength at the joints
    d. Reduces plate stress
2595: Yawing can be described as __________.

    a. jumping on the towline as the tow pitches
    b. jumping on the towline as the tow slams into waves
    c. veering from side to side on the end of the towline
    d. corkscrew motion of the tow due to wave action
2596: A person who sees someone fall overboard should __________.

    a. immediately jump into the water to assist the individual
    b. call for help and keep the individual in sight
    c. run to the radio room to send an emergency message
    d. go to the bridge for the distress flares
2597: On a small boat, if someone fell overboard and you did not know over which side the person fell, you should __________.

    a. immediately reverse the engines
    b. stop the propellers from turning and throw a ring buoy over the side
    c. increase speed to full to get the vessel away from the person
    d. first put the rudder hard over in either direction
2598: Where, due to the arrangement of the vessel, lifejackets may become inaccessible, additional lifejackets shall be carried __________.

    a. for the people on bridge watch
    b. for the forward lifeboats
    c. as determined by the OCMI
    d. for 50% of the crew of the vessel, not including those assigned to engineering duties
2599: When several salvors are on-scene at the same time to assist a vessel that has not been abandoned, which principal governs the decision as to which one's services will be accepted?

    a. The Master of the ship needing assistance has the absolute right to decide.
    b. The first salvor on-scene has the prior claim providing he has adequate facilities to assist the vessel needing assistance.
    c. The salvors must agree to a division of any salvage among themselves with the major share allotted to those doing the most work.
    d. The first salvor on-scene has the absolute right to provide assistance; however, he is liable if the ship is lost due to his lack of experience, equipment, etc.
2600: A smooth, tapered pin, usually of wood, used to open up the strands of a rope for splicing is called a(n) __________.

    a. batten
    b. bench hook
    c. awl
    d. fid
2601: To determine the number of inflatable liferafts required on a vessel, you should check the __________.

    a. Load Line Certificate
    b. SOLAS Certificate
    c. Stability Letter
    d. Certificate of Inspection
2602: As you hold a piece of manila line vertically in front of you, the strands run from the lower right to the upper left. Which type of line is this?

    a. Plain-laid
    b. Shroud-laid
    c. Left-hand laid
    d. Water-laid
2603: Which situation requires you to furnish a notice of marine casualty to the Coast Guard?

    a. Your vessel is at anchor and grounds at low tide with no apparent damage.
    b. You collide with a buoy and drag it off station with no apparent damage to the vessel or the buoy.
    c. A seaman slips on ice on deck and sprains his ankle, requiring an ace bandage.
    d. Storm damage to the cargo winch motors requires repairs costing $19,000.
2604: The joint formed when two steel plates are placed end-to-end is called a __________.

    a. bevel
    b. seam
    c. butt
    d. bond
2606: You are approaching the pilot station with the wind fine on the starboard bow and making about 3 knots. You can help to calm the seas by taking what action just before the pilot boat comes along on the port side?

    a. Backing full
    b. Stopping the engines
    c. Giving right full rudder
    d. A short burst of ahead full with left full rudder
2607: Which statement is TRUE concerning lifeboat installations on Great Lakes vessels?

    a. All davit installations shall have 3 lifelines fitted to a davit span.
    b. All vessels over 3,000 gross tons must be fitted with gravity davits.
    c. All lifelines shall be able to reach the water at the vessel's lightest draft with a 20° list.
    d. All of the above
2608: Most very large ocean going vessels, such as bulk carriers and large tankers, tend to squat __________.

    a. by the bow
    b. by the stern
    c. at the end nearest the bottom
    d. evenly fore and aft
2609: Which tanker discharge pattern would be the safest and most efficient?

    a. Empty the forward tanks and start working aft, emptying each tank in sequence
    b. Start discharging with most of the discharge coming from forward, but include some from midships and after tanks
    c. Start pumping from forward, midships, and aft with the discharge distributed equally among the tanks
    d. Start pumping from midships and then work forward and aft simultaneously as the midships tank is emptied
2612: When using the anchor to steady the bow while approaching a dock you must be aware of the fact that __________.

    a. the vessel will tend to take a large sheer towards the side where the anchor is down
    b. steering control is ineffective in trying to turn to the side opposite to that of the anchor being used
    c. the anchor cable must never lead under the hull
    d. using an offshore anchor decreases the chances of the anchor holding
2616: You are in charge of a towing vessel that operates exclusively on inland waters. You regularly tow barges that provide services (cargo lighters, fuel barges, etc.) to foreign flag vessels in port. What will be accepted as proper credentials for you and your crew?

    a. No credentials are required since you operate on inland waters only
    b. Social Security card
    c. State driver's license with photo ID
    d. Merchant Mariner's Document
2617: The operator of an uninspected vessel MUST assist people affected by an accident if he or she can do so without __________.

    a. undue delay
    b. serious danger to his or her own vessel
    c. creating a panic on either vessel
    d. further damaging the other vessel
2618: Due to the nature of a vessel's construction for a particular trade, it does not fully comply with the provisions of SOLAS. Where will this be indicated?

    a. On the Exemption Certificate
    b. On the reverse of the particular SOLAS certificate affected
    c. On the face of the Certificate of Inspection
    d. Nowhere; the vessel must comply to engage in international trade.
2619: On the Great Lakes, the term "controlling depth" means the __________.

    a. designed dredging depth of a channel constructed by the Corps. of Engineers
    b. minimum amount of tail water available behind a dam
    c. distance in units of the chart (feet, meters or fathoms) from the reference datum to the bottom
    d. least depth within the limits of the channel which restricts the navigation
2622: You must shore up the collision bulkhead due to solid flooding forward. The bulkhead approximates an inverted triangle. The center of pressure of the shores on the bulkhead should be located __________.

    a. evenly over the surface of the bulkhead
    b. approximately two-thirds of the way up the bulkhead
    c. approximately halfway up the bulkhead
    d. at the bottom of the bulkhead
2624: The certificate of loading required by each vessel carrying grain in bulk is issued by the __________.

    a. owner or charterer of the vessel
    b. American Bureau of Shipping
    c. shipper of the cargo
    d. National Cargo Bureau
2626: The "grip" of a joint represents the __________.

    a. thickness of the connected members
    b. diameter of the head
    c. entire length of the rivet
    d. diameter of the shank
2629: Each open lifeboat carried on a vessel on an international voyage must have __________.

    a. hand-propelling gear
    b. a davit span with at least 2 lifelines
    c. a mast and a sail
    d. a motor
2632: The horizontal flat surfaces where the upper stock joins the rudder are the __________.

    a. rudder keys
    b. rudder palms
    c. lifting flanges
    d. shoes of the rudder
2636: When riveted joints occur at the ends of plating they are called __________.

    a. trailers
    b. terminals
    c. seams
    d. butts
2639: A wooden plug fitted tightly in the vent of a damaged tank may prevent the tank from __________.

    a. filling completely
    b. developing free surface
    c. developing free surface moment
    d. collapsing
2642: Which line is two-stranded, left-handed small stuff?

    a. Houseline
    b. Marline
    c. Ratline
    d. Lagline
2644: The boat is stowed on the davit rather than on a cradle with which type of davit?

    a. Crescent
    b. Sheath-screw boom
    c. Quadrantal
    d. Radial
2646: Which statement is true concerning repairs on the hull of a vessel which is to be riveted and welded?

    a. Riveting must be completed before welding begins.
    b. Riveting and welding should be done alternately.
    c. Welding must be completed before the riveting begins.
    d. It does not matter in what order the operations are done.
2648: The smallest size of flaw that can be detected on a radiograph examination of a weld will be indicated by the __________.

    a. film speed
    b. penetrometer
    c. exposure reading
    d. time of exposure
2649: Which type of weld testing can be used to detect internal flaws?

    a. Radiographic
    b. Magnetic particle
    c. Dye penetrant
    d. Chemical reaction
2652: You are using the anchor to steady the bow while maneuvering. You have the proper scope of anchor cable when the __________.

    a. bow is held in position with the engines coming slowly ahead
    b. anchor is just touching the bottom
    c. scope is not more than 5 times the depth of the water
    d. cable enters the water at an angle between 60° and 85° from the horizontal
2656: What is an example of the term "Restraint of Rulers, Princes, or Peoples" in a marine insurance policy?

    a. A prohibition from loading a cargo from a country when the cargo may be a carrier of infectious diseases.
    b. Arrest of a vessel by legal authorities to satisfy claims through exercise of a maritime lien.
    c. Damage caused by riot of the population of a port.
    d. Losses caused by fines from polluting the harbor after malfunction of a piping system.
2658: A Kip is equal to __________.

    a. 1000 lbs.
    b. 1000 kgs.
    c. 2000 lbs.
    d. 2240 lbs.
2659: The shearing stresses on a ship's structure are usually greatest at __________.

    a. the bow
    b. the stern
    c. midships
    d. the ship's quarter-length points
2662: What will NOT increase friction of a liquid flowing in a pipe and cause a loss of suction head?

    a. Bends in the piping
    b. Slowing the pumping rate
    c. Pipeline valves
    d. Backing rings for pipe welds
2664: You must shore up a bulkhead due to solid flooding forward. The bulkhead approximates a rectangle. The center of pressure of the shores on the bulkhead should be located __________.

    a. evenly over the surface of the bulkhead
    b. approximately one-third of the way up the bulkhead
    c. approximately halfway up the bulkhead
    d. at the bottom of the bulkhead
2666: On the Great Lakes, short-term fluctuations in water levels may be a result of any of the following EXCEPT __________.

    a. strong winds
    b. sudden changes in barometric pressure
    c. seiches
    d. below normal rain fall
2672: The term "scantlings" refers to the __________.

    a. draft of a vessel
    b. measurements of structural members
    c. requirements for ship's gear
    d. placement of a vessel's load line
2674: You operate a harbor craft on inland waters exclusively. If you regularly service or contact foreign flag vessels in the course of business, which statement is TRUE?

    a. Your vessel must be inspected.
    b. Your crew must have identification credentials.
    c. A customs official must be on board when contacting a foreign flag vessel.
    d. All contacts with a foreign flag vessel must be reported to the U.S. Coast Guard.
2676: Who cannot commit the crime of barratry?

    a. Master
    b. Ship's officer(s)
    c. Ship's unlicensed crewmember(s)
    d. Ship owner
2679: Great Lakes cargo vessels, having a liferaft stowed more than 100 meters from the bow or stern, must have at least how many liferafts?

    a. One
    b. Two
    c. Three
    d. Four
2684: Which statement about bilge keels is CORRECT?

    a. They are critical strength members and require careful design consideration.
    b. They increase resistance to rolling.
    c. They attach to a low stress area.
    d. They provide support when the vessel is dry docked.
2688: What would have the greatest affect on a vessel's longitudinal strength?

    a. Collision damage to the bow, forward of the collision bulkhead
    b. Grounding damage to the bilge strake, just aft of midships
    c. Extensive corrosion to the centerline deck plating
    d. Damage to the side shell, midway between the bilge and the stringer plate
2689: After riveting is completed, the joints on the shell of a vessel are generally made watertight by __________.

    a. faying
    b. caulking
    c. felt or canvas packing
    d. red lead
2690: When must the Master of a vessel log the position of load line marks in relation to the surface of the water in the Official Logbook?

    a. Once a day
    b. At the change of every watch
    c. Only when in fresh or brackish water
    d. Prior to getting underway
2692: Your vessel is on a voyage from Ogdensburg, NY, to Chicago, IL, via the Great Lakes. The date is October 3 of the current year. If your vessel is subject to the load line requirements, to which of her marks should she be loaded? (D031DG )

    a. Fresh water - Winter
    b. Salt water - Intermediate
    c. Fresh water - Intermediate
    d. Salt water - Winter
2694: When relieving the helm, the new helmsman should know the __________.

    a. gyro error
    b. course per magnetic steering compass
    c. variation
    d. maximum rudder angle previously used
2696: You are on a power-driven vessel proceeding down a channel, with the current, on a river on the Great Lakes System. If you meet another power-driven vessel who is upbound, your responsibilities include __________.

    a. backing down to get out of the way of the other vessel
    b. waiting for the other vessel to signal her intentions, and then answering promptly
    c. proposing a safe way to pass
    d. All of the above
2699: The thickness of a 30.6 pound plate is __________.

    a. 3/8"
    b. 1/2"
    c. 3/4"
    d. 1"
2702: How long is the standard container used to measure equivalent units?

    a. 10 feet (3 meters)
    b. 20 feet (6 meters)
    c. 35 feet (11 meters)
    d. 40 feet (12 meters)
2702: How long is the standard container used to measure equivalent units?

    a. 10 feet (3 meters)
    b. 20 feet (6 meters)
    c. 35 feet (11 meters)
    d. 40 feet (12 meters)
2704: The legs of a tow bridle are joined together with a __________.

    a. bridle plate
    b. shackle
    c. fishplate
    d. tri-link
2706: Which type of davit is not considered to be a mechanical davit?

    a. Sheath-screw boom
    b. Radial
    c. Crescent
    d. Quadrantal
2707: In which casualty case is it UNNECESSARY to notify the local Coast Guard Marine Safety Office?

    a. Your vessel is backing from a dock and runs aground, but is pulled off by tugs in 30 minutes.
    b. A seaman is injured and in the hospital for four days.
    c. Your vessel strikes a pier and does $1,500 damage to the pier but no damage to the vessel.
    d. A nylon mooring line parts while the vessel is tied up and kills a harbor worker who was on the pier.
2708: Which statement is TRUE with respect to the load line markings shown. (D031DG )

    a. A vessel displaying these marks may load in the salt waters of the St. Lawrence River.
    b. Vessels engaged solely on Great Lakes voyages are not required to show these marks.
    c. U.S. flag vessels less than 100 feet in length and less than 200 gross tons are not required to show these marks.
    d. U.S. flag vessels of 100 gross tons and upward must show these marks.
2709: A vessel which is being assisted by an icebreaker should indicate that she is ready to cast off the towline by __________.

    a. displaying code letter "Y" (Yankee)
    b. sounding five short blasts on his whistle
    c. displaying code numeral "5"
    d. sounding one prolonged blast on his whistle
2710: You have orders to load cargoes of carbon disulfide, diisopropylamine and pyridine on your multi-product tankship. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. Carbon disulfide may be carried in NOS. 1 and 2 center tanks and diisopropylamine in NOS. 1 and 2 wing tanks.
    b. Pyridine and diisopropylamine may be carried in tanks having a common header vent.
    c. Diisopropylamine must be separated from carbon disulfide by two barriers (cofferdams, voids, empty tanks, etc.)
    d. A tank of carbon disulfide may be used to separate a tank of pyridine from a tank of diisopropylamine.
2712: Which two Great Lakes are considered hydraulically as one?

    a. Lakes Superior - Huron
    b. Lakes Michigan - Huron
    c. Lakes Erie - St. Clair
    d. Lakes Erie - Ontario
2714: The major components which determine the length of catenary in a deployed anchor cable are cable tension, cable weight, and __________.

    a. water density
    b. bottom conditions
    c. environmental forces
    d. water depth
2716: A channel is stated as having a controlling depth of 38 feet. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. At least 80% of the channel is cleared to the charted depth.
    b. At least 50% of the channel is cleared to the charted depth.
    c. 100% of the channel width is clear to 38 feet.
    d. The sides of the channel conform to at least 50% of the controlling depth.
2718: On Great Lakes vessels, midsummer load lines apply __________.

    a. April 16 through April 30 and September 16 through September 30
    b. May 1 through September 15
    c. July 16 through August 30
    d. June 16 through September 16
2719: Which publication would give detailed information on the commercial vessel traffic reporting system for connecting waters from Lake Erie to Lake Huron?

    a. United States Coast Pilot - Great Lakes #6
    b. U.S. Coast Guard Light List - Vol. VII
    c. Code of Federal Regulations - Title 33
    d. The appropriate Great Lakes Navigation Chart
2722: "Limber" is a term associated with __________.

    a. emergency gear
    b. drainage
    c. deck cargo storage
    d. securing gear
2726: The lifeboats on your vessel are stowed on cradles on deck and are handled by sheath-screw boom davits. Which of the following statements about launching a boat is TRUE?

    a. The boat should be hoisted a few inches clear of the cradle before cranking out the davits.
    b. The inboard gripes should be cast off before the outboard gripes.
    c. The outboard section of the cradle must be released.
    d. The tricing pendants will automatically bring the boat alongside at the embarkation deck.
2729: The load line markings shown are inscribed on the vessel's __________. (D031DG )

    a. port side
    b. starboard side
    c. port and starboard sides
    d. stern
2732: Flanking rudders effect a vessel's heading because of the __________.

    a. effect of the propeller flow on the rudders
    b. water flow due to the vessel's movement through the water
    c. tunnel affect of the water flow past opposing rudders
    d. discharge current being channeled to impinge on the vessel's deadwood
2734: The tankship Northland is loaded as shown. Use the salmon colored pages in the Stability book to determine the hogging numeral. (Get Table Data)

    a. 98.23 numeral
    b. 95.70 numeral
    c. 84.46 numeral
    d. 81.37 numeral
2735: Periodic surveys to renew the load line assignment must be made at intervals NOT exceeding __________.

    a. 18 months
    b. two years
    c. three years
    d. five years
2736: Distances on the Great Lakes System are generally expressed in __________.

    a. miles above the entrance to the St. Lawrence Seaway (MASLW)
    b. miles above the head of the passes (AHP)
    c. nautical miles
    d. statute miles
2738: Assume that your vessel has just entered Lake Michigan via the Straits of Mackinac and is proceeding south to Chicago. Which statement is TRUE with respect to the aids to navigation you will encounter along this route?

    a. Aids to navigation are serviced jointly by the U.S. and Canadian Coast Guard.
    b. Red buoys should be passed down your starboard side.
    c. Green buoys mark the location of wrecks or obstructions which must be passed by keeping the buoy on the right hand.
    d. All solid colored buoys are numbered, the red buoys bearing odd numbers and green buoys bearing even numbers.
2742: The internal volume of a cargo hold measured from the inside of the side shell, the underside of the deck, and the tank top is known as the __________.

    a. gross tonnage
    b. deadweight space
    c. measurement space
    d. grain cubic
2744: An icebreaker assisting a vessel through an ice field would display a visual signal consisting of the code letter "I" (India) to signify that "___________________".

    a. I am altering my course to starboard
    b. I am altering my course to port
    c. I am operating astern propulsion
    d. My vessel is stopped and making no way through the water
2745: While standing look-out at night, a dim light on the horizon will be seen quickest by looking __________.

    a. a little above the horizon
    b. directly towards the light
    c. a little below the horizon
    d. quickly above then quickly below the horizon
2746: Which of the Great Lakes experiences the least amount of water level fluctuation between seasonal high and low water marks?

    a. Lake Huron
    b. Lake Erie
    c. Lake Superior
    d. Lake Michigan
2748: The Lake Carriers Association and the Canadian Shipowners Association prescribe separation routes for upbound and downbound vessels on the Great Lakes. The recommended courses for these routes are shown on the Great Lakes Charts in the form of __________.

    a. red or magenta figures over a segmented course line track
    b. red figures over a solid course line track
    c. black figures over a segmented course line track
    d. green figures over a solid course line track
2752: Which is a correct reply to a Pilot's request, "How's your head"?

    a. "Passing 040°"
    b. "Steady"
    c. "Checked"
    d. "Eased to 15° rudder"
2754: Which statement is TRUE concerning vessels over 1600 gross tons certificated for service solely on the Great Lakes?

    a. They must have magnetic compasses.
    b. They must have gyro compasses.
    c. They must carry a deep-sea hand lead.
    d. All of the above statements are TRUE.
2759: Which of the Great Lakes is most affected by short-term Lake level fluctuations?

    a. Lake Superior
    b. Lake Michigan
    c. Lake Huron
    d. Lake Erie
2760: When the wave period and the apparent rolling period are the same __________.

    a. synchronous rolling occurs
    b. roll period decreases
    c. roll period increases
    d. roll amplitude is dampened
2761: A short ton is a unit of weight consisting of __________.

    a. 1,000 pounds
    b. 2,000 pounds
    c. 2,205 pounds
    d. 2,240 pounds
2762: Which vessel is exempt from the load line and marking requirements for vessels operating on the Great Lakes System?

    a. A 300 GT tank barge operating exclusively on Lake Michigan
    b. A 200 GT passenger vessel operating between Duluth, MN and Munising, MI
    c. A 79-foot, 150 GT pleasure craft operating on the St. Lawrence River
    d. A 500 GT dry cargo river barge operated continuously between Calumet Hbr Chicago, IL and Burns Hbr, IN
2763: When a merchant vessel is under the Naval Control of Shipping Organization in wartime, naval authorities may give orders pertaining to __________.

    a. minimum manning standards
    b. regulations about darkening ship
    c. the stowage of explosives
    d. the types of cargoes permitted on board
2768: Which of the Great Lakes lies entirely within the United States?

    a. Lake Ontario
    b. Lake St. Clair
    c. Lake Michigan
    d. Lake Superior
2769: You will be advised of any hazardous areas due to the fallout of a nuclear explosive by a message with the code word __________.

    a. MERWARN
    b. NUCLEAR
    c. FALLOUT
    d. FALLWARN
2772: The Coordinator Surface Search (CSS) in a SAR situation should display by night __________.

    a. deck lights forward and aft
    b. a white light over two red lights
    c. a red light, white light, and blue light in a vertical line
    d. a distinctive signal promulgated by the CSS
2774: There are basically three categories of water level fluctuations on the Great Lakes. What is NOT included as one of these?

    a. Long range fluctuations
    b. Controlled outflow fluctuations
    c. Seasonal fluctuations
    d. Short period fluctuations
2776: How are aids to navigation on the Great Lakes arranged geographically?

    a. In a westerly and northerly direction, except on Lake St. Clair
    b. In an easterly and southerly direction, except on Lake Erie
    c. In a westerly and northerly direction, except on Lake Michigan
    d. In an easterly and southerly direction, except on the New York State Barge Canal
2778: Assume that your vessel has just entered Lake Erie by way of the Welland Canal and is proceeding in a southwesterly direction. Which statement about the aids to navigation you can expect to encounter along the route is TRUE?

    a. The characteristics of buoys and other aids are as if "returning from seaward" when proceeding in this direction.
    b. All aids are maintained by the U.S. Coast Guard, 9th Coast Guard District, Cleveland, Ohio.
    c. All red even-numbered buoys should be kept on your port side when proceeding in this direction.
    d. Lighted aids, fog signals, and radio beacons maintained by Canada are not included in the Great Lakes Light List.
2782: What is a wet cargo?

    a. A liquid cargo carried in the deep tanks
    b. A canned or bottled liquid such as beer
    c. A cargo that contains hygroscopic moisture
    d. A cargo particularly susceptible to damage by moisture
2783: The effect of ocean current is usually more evident on a tug and tow than on a tug navigating independently because the __________.

    a. speed of the tug and tow is less
    b. towline catches the current
    c. current causes yawing
    d. current will offset the tow
2784: Which of the Great Lakes generally has the shortest navigation season?

    a. Lake Erie
    b. Lake Huron
    c. Lake Michigan
    d. Lake Superior
2785: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and wish to send a message by rapid transmission which does not require a higher precedence. Which precedence would you assign this message?

    a. P (PRIORITY)
    b. R (ROUTINE)
    c. O (IMMEDIATE)
    d. Z (FLASH)
2789: Your vessel is approaching the International Bridge on the St. Marys River. If the gage on the bridge, read from top to bottom, indicates 124 ft. and the IGLD (1955) is 600 ft., determine the actual vertical clearances between the existing water level and the lowest point of the bridge over the channel.

    a. 124 feet
    b. 476 feet
    c. 724 feet
    d. 840 feet
2791: What is the period of validity of a Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate?

    a. 72 months
    b. 60 months
    c. 48 months
    d. 42 months
2792: When relieving the helm, the new helmsman should find it handy to know the __________.

    a. variation in the area
    b. amount of helm carried for a steady course
    c. leeway
    d. deviation on that heading
2794: The Great Lakes Edition of the Notice to Mariners is published __________.

    a. weekly by the 9th Coast Guard District
    b. monthly by the Army Corps of Engineers
    c. monthly by the Naval Oceanographic office
    d. biweekly by the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard
2795: The York-Antwerp Rules relate to the __________.

    a. minimum required number of officers and crew
    b. settlement of general average claims
    c. ship owner's responsibilities to provide a well-found vessel in a charter party
    d. navigation regulations that apply in the English Channel
2798: The primary purpose of the stud is to prevent the anchor chain from __________.

    a. kinking
    b. distorting
    c. elongating
    d. breaking
2799: Who publishes the "Canadian List of Lights, Buoys and Fog Signals"?

    a. The U.S. Coast Guard
    b. The Canadian Coast Guard
    c. The U.S. Hydrographic Service
    d. The Canadian Hydrographic Service
2802: The single line located directly above the diamond is the __________. (D031DG )

    a. load line
    b. water line
    c. freeboard line
    d. deck line
2804: Which publication is NOT carried on board U.S. merchant vessels operating under Naval Control of Shipping?

    a. Allied Control of Shipping Manual - Guide to Masters
    b. Communications Supplement
    c. Tactical Control and Routing of Merchant Vessels
    d. All of the above are carried on board
2805: "Hard right rudder" means __________.

    a. jam the rudder against the stops
    b. put the rudder over to the right all the way
    c. meet a swing to the right, then return to amidships
    d. put the rudder over quickly to 15 degrees right rudder
2808: Under the forces of its own weight, the suspended length of line will fall into a shape known as a __________.

    a. polygon
    b. holding arc
    c. catenary curve
    d. parabolic curve
2809: The fitting at the end of a cargo line in a tank that allows suction to be taken close to the bottom of a tank is a __________.

    a. suction end
    b. strainer
    c. bell-mouth
    d. vacuum valve
2810: Which document lists all the lifesaving equipment required for a vessel?

    a. Certificate of Inspection
    b. American Bureau of Shipping Classification Certificate
    c. International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea Certificate
    d. Certificate of Registry
2812: If a tug equipped with flanking rudders is to be turned in a confined circle, when going astern, the stern will move to port the quickest if __________.

    a. the rudder is hard to port and the flanking rudders are hard to port
    b. the rudder is amidships and the flanking rudders are hard to port
    c. the rudder is hard to port and the flanking rudders are hard to starboard
    d. all rudders are hard to starboard
2813: Which Naval Control of Shipping publication should be aboard your vessel?

    a. ATP-2, Volume II "Allied Control of Shipping Manual - Guide to Masters"
    b. ATP-1, Volume II "Allied Tactical Signals"
    c. NWP-14, "Amphibious Operations"
    d. PUB 102, "International Code of Signals"
2814: Your vessel is crossing a river on the Great Lakes System. A power-driven vessel is ascending the river, crossing your course from port to starboard. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. The vessel ascending the river has the right of way.
    b. Your vessel has the right of way, but you are directed not to impede the other vessel.
    c. The other vessel must hold as necessary to allow you to pass.
    d. You are required to propose the manner of passage.
2816: Which statement is TRUE concerning lighting requirements for Great Lakes vessels?

    a. The showing of a forward masthead light is optional for vessels under 150 meters.
    b. An all-round white light may be carried in lieu of the second masthead light and stern light.
    c. Sidelights for vessels over 50 meters are required to have only a two-mile range of visibility.
    d. Great Lakes vessels are exempted from the requirement to show yellow towing lights.
2817: The command "meet her" means the helmsman should __________.

    a. decrease the rudder angle
    b. steer more carefully
    c. use rudder to slow the vessel's swing
    d. note the course and steady on that heading
2819: On which of the Great Lakes would shore ice be the most pronounced?

    a. Lake Michigan
    b. Lake Superior
    c. Lake Huron
    d. Lake Erie
2822: Which statement about stopping a vessel is TRUE?

    a. A lightly laden vessel requires as much stopping distance as a fully laden vessel when the current is from astern.
    b. A vessel is dead in the water when the back wash from astern operation reaches the bow.
    c. A tunnel bow thruster can be used in an emergency to reduce the stopping distance.
    d. When a vessel is dead in the water any speed displayed by Doppler log reflects the current.
2822: Which statement about stopping a vessel is TRUE?

    a. A lightly laden vessel requires as much stopping distance as a fully laden vessel when the current is from astern.
    b. A vessel is dead in the water when the back wash from astern operation reaches the bow.
    c. A tunnel bow thruster can be used in an emergency to reduce the stopping distance.
    d. When a vessel is dead in the water any speed displayed by Doppler log reflects the current.
2824: While being assisted by an icebreaker on Lake Superior, you receive a single letter code instructing you to slow your vessel. Which signal could you use to signify that you are complying with the request?

    a. Three blasts of the whistle
    b. The code flag "A" (Alpha) displayed from a halyard
    c. Four blasts of the whistle, namely 1 short 2 long and 1 short
    d. The code flag "L" (Lima) displayed from a halyard
2826: An icebreaker may use the code letter "K" to remind ships of their obligation to listen continuously on their radio. This signal may be made by any of the following EXCEPT __________.

    a. sound signal
    b. light signal
    c. visual signal
    d. radiotelephone
2832: You are transiting the Straits of Mackinac by way of an improved channel. You have information which indicates that the channel's Federal project depth is 28 ft. Which of the following statements is true with regards to this channel?

    a. The least depth within the limits of the channel is 28 ft.
    b. The design dredging depth of the channel is 28 ft.
    c. The channel has 28 ft. in the center but lesser depths may exist in the remainder of the channel.
    d. The maximum depth which may be expected within the limits of the channel is 28 ft.
2836: Which of the Great Lakes is generally the last to reach its seasonal low and seasonal high water marks?

    a. Lake Superior
    b. Lake Michigan
    c. Lake Huron
    d. Lake Ontario
2838: A U.S. Coast Guard icebreaker, while escorting ships in ice, may sound four short and one long blasts on the whistle to indicate that the icebreaker __________.

    a. has become beset in fast ice
    b. is increasing speed; watch for broken ice
    c. has its engines full astern
    d. is increasing the distance between vessels
2839: Adequate horsepower is of great importance when a ship is navigating independently in ice. Adequate horsepower is generally considered to exist when the horsepower to length ratio is at least __________.

    a. 4 to 1 or better
    b. 5 to 1 or better
    c. 6 to 1 or better
    d. 8 to 1 or better
2842: By definition, a "spar deck" is the __________.

    a. lower most continuous deck not broken by water tight bulkheads
    b. after most weather deck above the main strength deck
    c. upper or weather deck above the main strength deck
    d. deck of light construction below the main or strength deck
2844: Naval authorities would NOT give orders about which of the following, when the vessel is under control of the Naval Control of Shipping Organization?

    a. Visual communication at sea
    b. Rescue operations
    c. Diversions
    d. Schedules for loading cargo
2848: Nautical charts published by the Canadian Hydrographic service which are referenced in the United States Coast Pilot are identified by __________.

    a. the abbreviation "can" preceding the chart number
    b. the letter "C" in parentheses following the chart number
    c. an asterisk preceding the chart number
    d. a footnote number
2852: On a small passenger vessel the collision bulkhead is __________.

    a. amidships forward of the engine room
    b. just forward of the steering compartment
    c. in the engine room
    d. A distance of 5% to 15% of the waterline length abaft the stem measured at the load waterline
2854: The term "Great Lakes", as defined by the Inland Rules of the Road, does NOT include __________.

    a. portions of the Chicago River
    b. portions of the Calumet River
    c. the St. Lawrence River to Trois Rivieres
    d. Saginaw Bay
2855: A 150-meter vessel is proceeding down the course of a narrow channel in the Great Lakes System. A 60-meter vessel is starting to cross the channel. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. If the smaller vessel is engaged in fishing, he shall not impede the passage of the other vessel.
    b. The crossing vessel has the right of way.
    c. The vessel in the channel must slow to her steerageway.
    d. The larger vessel is considered to be a vessel restricted in her ability to maneuver.
2858: Which characteristic is a disadvantage of a controllable- pitch propeller as compared to a fixed-pitch propeller?

    a. Slightly higher fuel consumption
    b. Lack of directional control when backing
    c. Inefficient at high shaft RPM
    d. Some unusual handling characteristics
2859: An icebreaker assisting a vessel through an ice field would display a visual signal consisting of the code letter "M" (Mike) to signify that "________________".

    a. I am altering my course to starboard
    b. I am altering my course to port
    c. I am operating astern propulsion
    d. my vessel is stopped and making no way through the water
2860: How are riveted lap joints made watertight?

    a. The faying surfaces are coated with white lead (or similar product) before the rivets are set.
    b. A sealing weld bead of 1/8" or less pitch is run along the plate edge.
    c. The plate edge is split close to an adjacent plate and mechanically forced into contact with the adjacent plate.
    d. A properly riveted joint will be watertight; any leakage is stopped by setting up on the rivets.
2861: A vessel is entering port and has a Pilot conning the vessel. The Master is unsure that the Pilot is taking sufficient action to prevent a collision. What should the Master do?

    a. Direct the Pilot to stop the vessel and anchor if necessary until the situation clears.
    b. Recommend an alternative action and if not followed relieve the pilot.
    c. State his concerns to the Pilot but do not interfere with the handling of the vessel.
    d. Nothing; the Pilot is required by law and is solely responsible for the safety of the vessel.
2862: What is used to prevent accidental flooding of a double bottom or peak tanks in the event of a pipe rupture due to collision?

    a. Separate lines are provided for filling and pumping these tanks.
    b. Pipe lines must run vertically from the tank to a point above the margin line before turning fore or aft towards the pump.
    c. All tanks must be served by the fewest possible number of pipes to reduce the possibility of rupture.
    d. Suction lines are fitted with a non-return valve
2868: Which vessel, if navigating independently in ice, is more likely to become beset due to inadequate horsepower?

    a. A 254 ft. "Whaleback" tanker with 1800 H.P.
    b. A 309 ft. cement carrier with 2000 H.P.
    c. A 385 ft. shallow draft tanker with 2400 H.P.
    d. A 630 ft. bulk ore carrier with 3500 H.P.
2869: When more than one vessel is being assisted by an icebreaker, distances between vessels should be constant. Which signal should be given by a vessel which is ahead of another and whose speed suddenly begins to drop?

    a. Four short blast on the whistle
    b. A flag hoist consisting of the code figure "4"
    c. A flag hoist consisting of the code figure "5"
    d. A flag hoist consisting of the code letters "FE" (Foxtrot-Echo)
2870: A single-screw vessel going ahead tends to turn more rapidly to port because of propeller __________.

    a. discharge current
    b. suction current
    c. sidewise force
    d. thrust
2872: The Sheer Plan __________.

    a. shows a longitudinal side elevation
    b. is an endwise view of the ship's molded form
    c. is usually drawn for the port side only
    d. has the forebody to the right of centerline and afterbody to the left of centerline
2876: A U.S. Coast Guard icebreaker may use all of the following distinctive lights when escorting ships in ice EXCEPT __________.

    a. a single amber rotating light
    b. a single red rotating light
    c. red aircraft warning lights
    d. a single blue rotating light
2879: The vertical reference for all water levels and bench marks on the Great Lakes - St. Lawrence River System is known as __________.

    a. Mean Sea Level Datum
    b. International Great Lakes Datum
    c. Great Lakes Low Water Datum
    d. North Central Reference Datum
2882: What does the line labeled "MS" denote on the Great Lakes load line model shown? (D031DG )

    a. Mean sea level
    b. Midseason
    c. Maximum submergence
    d. Midsummer
2883: While you are on watch entering port, the Master gives the helmsman a rudder command which conflicts with a rudder command from the Pilot. You should make sure the helmsman __________.

    a. brings the rudder to a point midway between the two conflicting positions
    b. obeys the Pilot
    c. asks you for instructions
    d. obeys the Master
2886: How should you signal the crane operator to lower?

    a. With forearm vertical and forefinger pointing up, move hand in small horizontal circles.
    b. With arm extended downwards and forefinger pointing down, move hand in small horizontal circles.
    c. Extend arm and point finger in the direction to move the boom.
    d. Extend arm with thumb pointing downward, and flex fingers in and out.
2888: The Coordinator Surface Search in a SAR situation should display by day __________.

    a. the code flags FR
    b. a black ball over a black diamond shape
    c. code flag Quebec over a black ball
    d. two black diamond shapes in a vertical line
2889: What is the minimum size required before a vessel can be documented?

    a. 5 net tons
    b. 100 gross tons
    c. 26 feet length
    d. 65 feet length
2890: A vessel cannot comply with all of the SOLAS requirements due to its construction. Where will this be indicated?

    a. Nowhere; the vessel must comply to engage in international trade.
    b. On the reverse of the SOLAS certificate
    c. On the Exemption Certificate
    d. On the Certificate of Inspection
2892: What is LEAST likely to be used to strip a cargo tank?

    a. Centrifugal pump
    b. Eductor
    c. Rotary pump
    d. Reciprocating pump
2894: The term "Great Lakes", as defined by the Inland Rules of the Road, includes part of the __________.

    a. Calumet River
    b. Chicago River
    c. St. Lawrence River
    d. All of the above
2896: You are proceeding against the current on a river in the Great Lakes System. You are meeting a downbound vessel. Both vessels are power-driven. The other vessel sounds one short blast. You must __________.

    a. change course to port
    b. hold course and speed
    c. sound three short blasts
    d. sound one short blast
2897: Form 2692 (Notice of Marine Casualty), when required, must be filed to the U.S. Coast Guard within how many days?

    a. 1 day
    b. 3 days
    c. 5 days
    d. 7 days
2898: What is the period of validity of the SOLAS required Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate?

    a. 12 months
    b. 24 months
    c. 48 months
    d. 60 months
2900: Which statement about Naval Control of Shipping in wartime is TRUE?

    a. It is mandatory in wartime.
    b. It is mandatory in hazardous areas and voluntary in other areas.
    c. It is mandatory only for vessels sailing in convoy.
    d. It is mandatory for vessels bound foreign and voluntary for vessels in the coastwise trade.
2902: Which basic category of water level fluctuations on the Great Lakes is the most regular?

    a. Seasonal fluctuations
    b. Outflow fluctuations
    c. Short-term fluctuations
    d. Long-term fluctuations
2906: You are planning to anchor in an area where several anchors have been lost due to fouling. As a precaution, you should __________.

    a. anchor using both anchors
    b. anchor with scope of 8 or more to 1
    c. use a stern anchor
    d. fit a crown strap and work wire to the anchor
2908: How should you signal the crane operator to use the whip line?

    a. Extend arm with the thumb pointing up, and flex the fingers in and out for as long as the load movement is desired.
    b. First tap your elbow with one hand, and then proceed to use regular signals.
    c. First tap the top of your head with your fist, and then proceed to use regular signals.
    d. Use one hand to give any motion signal, and place the other hand motionless in front of the hand giving the motion signal.
2909: A mechanical davit is designed to automatically __________.

    a. position the boat at the embarkation station
    b. lift the boat off the inboard chocks
    c. energize the winch for the falls
    d. set the brake on the winch
2910: Your vessel is a single-screw ship with a right-hand propeller. There is no current. The easiest way to make a landing is __________.

    a. port side to
    b. starboard side to
    c. dropping anchor and swinging the ship in to the pier
    d. either port or starboard side to, with no difference in degree of difficulty
2911: The wooden plug inserted in the vent of a damaged tank should be removed if you are going to __________.

    a. pump from the damaged tank
    b. fight a fire
    c. abandon ship
    d. use the crossover system
2912: When tank cleaning with a portable machine, the weight of the machine is suspended from __________.

    a. solid iron bars clamped to the Butterworth opening
    b. the supply hose
    c. the suspension line, usually manila or natural fiber line
    d. a wire rope suspension line
2914: Your vessel has been ordered to proceed to the United Grain Growers Wharf at Thunder Bay, Lake Superior, for the purpose of taking on a load of wheat. Which publication(s) would you consult for such information as the length of the wharf, the depth of the water alongside, and the loading capacity at the facility?

    a. The Navigational Chart and Light List Vol. VII
    b. The International Guide to Canadian Ports and Facilities
    c. The Lake Carriers Association Facilities Directory
    d. The United States Coast Pilot #6
2918: What is the period of validity of a De-Rat certificate?

    a. Specific voyage
    b. 6 months
    c. 1 year
    d. 2 years
2919: Which statement about general average is TRUE?

    a. Damage to a ship must have been incurred while the ship and/or its machinery was being used for its intended purpose.
    b. Property must have been sacrificed or an expenditure of money incurred.
    c. The loss or damage to deck cargo due to heavy weather constitutes general average.
    d. Of the ship, the freight, and the cargo interests, only one need be involved.
2920: You are on a large vessel fitted with a right-handed controllable-pitch propeller. When making large speed changes while decreasing pitch, which statement is TRUE?

    a. You will probably have full directional control throughout the speed change.
    b. You may lose rudder control until the ship's speed has dropped to correspond to propeller speed.
    c. The stern will immediately slew to starboard due to unbalanced forces acting on the propeller.
    d. The stern will immediately slew to port due to unbalanced forces acting on the propeller.
2921: The process of lowering a boom to a horizontal position and onto its deck support is called __________.

    a. spotting a boom
    b. collaring a boom
    c. cradling a boom
    d. toppling a boom
2922: A long pole with a hook at one end, used to reach for lines, is known as a __________.

    a. pike pole
    b. jack staff
    c. line rod
    d. hooker
2924: You are on a large vessel fitted with a right-handed controllable-pitch propeller set at maximum forward pitch. Which statement about reversing is TRUE?

    a. When the pitch is reversed, the stern will slew to port even with headway.
    b. The vessel will respond to the rudder until sternway is developed, then the stern will slew to starboard.
    c. There will probably be a loss of steering control.
    d. The vessel will have full rudder control throughout the speed change from ahead to astern.
2926: Many sheath-screw davits have markings to indicate the maximum angle to which they should be cranked out. If the angle is exceeded, the davit __________.

    a. may jam against the stops
    b. will not automatically position the boat at the embarkation station
    c. screw may come out of the sheath
    d. will chafe against the falls and may cause their failure
2928: How should you signal the crane operator to raise the boom and lower the load?

    a. Extend arm with the palm down and hold this position rigidly.
    b. Place both fists in front of your body with thumbs pointing toward each other.
    c. Clasp hands in front of your body.
    d. Extend arm with the thumb pointing up, and flex the fingers in and out for as long as the load movement is desired.
2929: A vessel is loaded to her summer marks for a voyage from Montreal, Canada to Duluth, MN via the Great Lakes System. The voyage has been estimated to take nine (9) days. If the vessel departs Montreal on September 28th, which of the following statements is TRUE?

    a. The vessel must be at her summer marks when she arrives at Duluth.
    b. The vessel is in violation of the load line requirements.
    c. The vessel's intermediate load line marks may not be submerged after September 30.
    d. The vessel must be at her winter marks by the evening of the third day.
2930: A large vessel is equipped with a controllable pitch propeller. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. When dead in the water, it is often difficult to find the neutral position and slight headway or sternway may result.
    b. When going directly from full ahead to full astern, there is complete steering control.
    c. When the vessel has headway and the propeller is in neutral, there is no effect on rudder control.
    d. When maneuvering in port, full ahead or astern power can usually be obtained without changing shaft RPM.
2931: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy, messages are sent by precedence. A message designated FLASH will be delivered within __________.

    a. 3 hours to start of business the following day
    b. 10 minutes if possible
    c. 1 to 6 hours
    d. 30 minutes to 1 hour
2932: Which type of rudder may lose its effectiveness at angles of 10 or more degrees?

    a. Contra-guide
    b. Balanced spade
    c. Unbalanced
    d. Flat plate
2933: Your vessel is to dock bow first at a pier. Which line will be the most useful when maneuvering the vessel alongside the pier?

    a. Stern breast line
    b. Bow spring line
    c. Bow breast line
    d. Inshore head line
2935: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) when it becomes necessary to send a distress message. Which precedence would you assign this message?

    a. R (ROUTINE)
    b. P (PRIORITY)
    c. O (IMMEDIATE)
    d. Z (FLASH)
2936: Storms that enter the Great Lakes Basin from the west and northwest at a peak in October are the products of pressure systems known as __________.

    a. Northwesters
    b. Alberta lows
    c. Fata morgana
    d. Polar highs
2938: Which statement concerning storm surges on the Great Lakes is FALSE?

    a. They are common along the deeper areas of the lakes.
    b. They cause rapid differences in levels between one end of the lake and the other.
    c. The greatest water level difference occurs when the wind is blowing along the axis of the lake.
    d. If the wind subsides rapidly, a seiche effect will most likely occur.
2939: A vessel operating on the Great Lakes, and whose position is south of an approaching eastward-moving storm center, would NOT experience __________.

    a. a falling barometer
    b. lowering clouds and drizzle
    c. a southwest to west wind
    d. rain or snow
2940: A vessel reduces speed without backing. The rate that her speed through the water decreases depends primarily on the __________.

    a. vessel's horsepower
    b. sea state
    c. number of propellers
    d. vessel's displacement
2942: How should you signal the crane operator to move slowly?

    a. Use one hand to give any motion signal, and place the other hand motionless in front of the hand giving the motion signal.
    b. Extend arm with the thumb pointing up, and flex the fingers in and out for as long as the load movement is desired.
    c. First tap your elbow with one hand and then proceed to use regular signals.
    d. First tap the top of your head with your fist and then proceed to use regular signals.
2944: Your ship is navigating independently in heavy ice when it becomes beset. Which statement is FALSE?

    a. The vessel will most likely require an icebreaker to free her.
    b. The vessel may be able to free herself by pumping ballast from side to side.
    c. The propeller is more susceptible to ice damage when turning slowly than when stopped.
    d. It is advisable to clear the rudder area of ice by using ahead turns before backing down.
2946: Which single-letter signal, when used by icebreakers on the Great Lakes, may be made by using the ship's whistle?

    a. E
    b. I
    c. M
    d. None
2948: An icebreaker assisting a vessel through an ice field would display a visual signal consisting of the code letter "S" (Sierra) to signify that "________________".

    a. I am altering my course to starboard
    b. I am altering my course to port
    c. I am operating astern propulsion
    d. My vessel is stopped and making no way through the water
2948: An icebreaker assisting a vessel through an ice field would display a visual signal consisting of the code letter "S" (Sierra) to signify that "________________".

    a. I am altering my course to starboard
    b. I am altering my course to port
    c. I am operating astern propulsion
    d. My vessel is stopped and making no way through the water
2949: A vessel which is being assisted by an icebreaker should indicate that he is ready to cast off the towline (if one is used) by __________.

    a. displaying code letter "Y" (Yankee)
    b. sounding five short blasts of his whistle
    c. displaying code numeral "5"
    d. sounding one prolonged blast of his whistle
2950: In relation to the turning circle of a ship, the term "advance" means the distance __________.

    a. gained at right angles to the original course
    b. gained in the direction of the original course
    c. moved sidewise from the original course when the rudder is first put over
    d. around the circumference of the turning circle
2951: The helm command "meet her" means __________.

    a. decrease the rudder angle
    b. note the course and steady on that heading
    c. steer more carefully
    d. use rudder to check the swing
2952: Spontaneous heating of coal rapidly accelerates at the approximate minimum temperature of __________.

    a. 88°F
    b. 100°F
    c. 111°F
    d. 119°F
2954: An intermediate spring is __________.

    a. fitted in each leg of the towing bridle
    b. generally located between the "fishplate" and the main towing hawser
    c. secured at the "H" bitts
    d. usually made of manila hawser
2956: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and wish to send a message concerning an initial enemy contact. Which precedence would you assign this message?

    a. Z (FLASH)
    b. P (PRIORITY)
    c. R (ROUTINE)
    d. O (IMMEDIATE)
2957: Your vessel is to dock bow in at a pier without the assistance of tugboats. Which line will be the most useful when maneuvering the vessel alongside the pier?

    a. Bow breast line
    b. Inshore head line
    c. Stern breast line
    d. Bow spring line
2958: The bow thruster generally is ineffective at __________.

    a. over 3 knots headway
    b. at any speed astern
    c. at any speed ahead
    d. over 1 knot sternway
2959: A metal ring on the bottom of a block, to which the standing part of a tackle is spliced, is known as a(n) __________.

    a. becket
    b. loop
    c. swivel
    d. eye
2960: When cutting wire rope, seizings are put on each side of the cut. The seizings prevent the wire from unlaying and also __________.

    a. maintain the original balance of the tension in the wires and strands
    b. prevent moisture from entering between the wires at the cut end
    c. forces lubricant from the core to protect the raw, cut end
    d. All of the above
2964: "Seiche" is defined as a(n) __________.

    a. unusually strong storm system which approaches the Great Lakes System generally from the Northeast
    b. lake current which is predominant during the spring and fall navigation season on the Great Lakes
    c. oscillation caused by the diminishing of forces which cause lake level fluctuations
    d. higher than normal high water or lower than normal low water
2968: On the Great Lakes, winter storms compound the ice threat by bringing a variety of wind, wave, and weather problems on an average of every __________.

    a. two days
    b. three days
    c. four days
    d. five days
2969: Fog can form in any season on the Great Lakes, but it is most likely to occur over open waters in __________.

    a. summer and early autumn
    b. autumn and early winter
    c. winter and early spring
    d. spring and early summer
2970: What material may be substituted for zinc when making a poured metal socket ending to a wire rope?

    a. Lead
    b. Babbitt
    c. Solder
    d. Nothing
2976: Which statement is TRUE with respect to shiphandling procedures in ice?

    a. Never go "full astern" at any time while in ice.
    b. Go astern in ice with extreme care - always with rudder amidships.
    c. Enter ice at medium speeds to reduce impact.
    d. The presence of a snow cover on the ice assists a vessel's progress through an ice field.
2977: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) when you wish to send a message concerning your ships diversion. Which precedence would you assign this message?

    a. P (PRIORITY)
    b. Z (FLASH)
    c. R (ROUTINE)
    d. O (IMMEDIATE)
2978: An icebreaker assisting a vessel through an ice field would display a visual signal consisting of the code letter "E" (Echo) to signify that "________________".

    a. I am altering my course to starboard
    b. I am altering my course to port
    c. I am operating astern propulsion
    d. My vessel is stopped and making no way through the water
2979: Which statement about shipping coal is TRUE?

    a. Anthracite will generate more methane than bituminous coal.
    b. Coal should not be shipped while wet.
    c. Coal should be surface ventilated to remove methane gas.
    d. The methane gas generated by coal will react with moisture on the ship's structure and accelerate corrosion.
2980: What is a step in attaching a poured metal socket to a wire rope?

    a. Etch the wire with acid.
    b. Install a wire seizing on the wire that will be inside the socket.
    c. Ensure the fiber core is well lubricated.
    d. Pour molten babbitt metal into the socket.
2981: When the anchor is brought to and holding, the horizontal component of anchor cable tensions should equal the __________.

    a. displacement tonnage
    b. weight forces
    c. buoyancy forces
    d. environmental forces
2982: How should you signal the crane operator to stop?

    a. Place both fists in front of your body with the thumbs pointing outward.
    b. With both arms extended out and palms down, move arms back and forth.
    c. Extend arm with the palm down and hold this position rigidly.
    d. Clasp hands in front of your body.
2986: Sulfuric acid is a __________.

    a. clear syrupy liquid with no odor
    b. colorless-to-brown liquid with a choking odor when hot
    c. colorless liquid with a pleasant fruity odor
    d. whitish liquid with a faint, pleasant odor
2988: You are mooring to a buoy. You should approach the buoy with the current from __________.

    a. ahead
    b. broad on the bow
    c. abeam
    d. astern
2990: When cutting regular-lay wire rope, what is the minimum number of seizings to be placed on each side of the cut?

    a. One
    b. Two, and three on rope diameters over 1 inch
    c. Three, and more on larger diameter wire ropes
    d. Four
2994: Nearly half of all storms that enter the Great Lakes Basin during the period from October through May come from __________.

    a. highs which originate in the east and east central USA
    b. lows which originate in north central and western Canada
    c. highs which originate in north eastern and eastern Canada
    d. lows which originate in the central and western USA
2996: Advection fog, a common occurrence on the Great Lakes, forms when __________.

    a. air comes in contact with a rapidly cooling land surface
    b. frigid arctic air moves across the lakes and becomes saturated
    c. relatively warm air flows over cooler water
    d. cool air contacts warm river currents
3000: The pipe used to connect two separate piping systems on a tank vessel is known as a __________.

    a. crossover
    b. transfer
    c. connection
    d. junction
3004: What is NOT a basic shiphandling rule for navigating in ice concentrations on the Great Lakes?

    a. Keep moving - even very slowly, but keep moving.
    b. Work with the ice movement, not against.
    c. Transit ice along pressure ridges when possible.
    d. Excessive speed means ice damage.
3008: A list signal of one white light indicates that the vessel is __________.

    a. on an even keel
    b. listing about 1° to the side the light is displayed on
    c. listing over 5°With the light displayed on the high side
    d. listing, and the chutes should be directed to the side where the light is displayed
3009: While loading cargo, a white trimming light on the starboard side comes on. This indicates that __________.

    a. the vessel has a list of about 1` to starboard
    b. the chutes should be directed to the starboard side
    c. the chutes in No. 1 hold should be directed to the starboard side
    d. a severe list to starboard has developed and all loading should cease
3010: The piping that routes an oil cargo from the manifold directly to a cargo tank and serves only one tank is known as a __________.

    a. cargo fill
    b. filler line
    c. tank drop
    d. branch line
3012: Which statement about the ventilation of bulk coal is TRUE?

    a. Coal should not be ventilated; all oxygen should be excluded from the cargo.
    b. Coal should be through-ventilated to remove methane and reduce the heat of spontaneous combustion.
    c. Coal should be ventilated only if temperatures in the center of the cargo exceed 125°F.
    d. Coal should be surface ventilated only.
3013: Which will NOT reduce yawing of a tow?

    a. Increasing the length of the towing hawser
    b. Trimming the tow by the bow
    c. Trimming the tow by the stern
    d. Drogues put over the stern
3014: You are lifting a 3 ton weight with a single whip rove on a swinging boom set at an angle of 60° to the horizontal. Use the formula for the size of a shackle with a safe working load and determine the minimum size shackle that should be used to secure the head block to the boom.

    a. 1 1/8 inch
    b. 1 1/2 inch
    c. 1 3/4 inch
    d. 2 inch
3016: To obtain better steering control when you are towing alongside, your vessel should be positioned with its __________.

    a. bow extending forward of the tow
    b. stern amidships of the tow
    c. stern extending aft of the tow
    d. bow even with the bow of the tow
3017: Which situation requires you to furnish a notice of marine casualty to the Coast Guard?

    a. Storm damage to the cargo winch motors requires repairs costing $19,000.
    b. Your vessel is at anchor and grounds at low tide with no apparent damage.
    c. You collide with a buoy and drag it off station with no apparent damage to the vessel or the buoy.
    d. A seaman slips on ice on deck and sprains his ankle, requiring an ace bandage.
3018: When turning a vessel in shallow water, which statement is TRUE?

    a. The rate of turn is increased.
    b. The rate of turn is decreased.
    c. The turning diameter increases.
    d. The turning diameter remains the same.
3020: The main underdeck pipeline on a tankship is connected to individual tanks by __________.

    a. tank drops
    b. line drops
    c. crossovers
    d. branch lines
3022: You are in the process of adding a barge to your tow. A line run from your power capstan and around timber heads on your tow is made fast on the new barge so that it can be pulled into position. This line is called a __________.

    a. scissors wire
    b. capstan line
    c. spring line
    d. fore and aft line
3024: How should you signal the crane operator to dog everything?

    a. Place both fists in front of your body with thumbs pointing toward each other.
    b. Clasp hands in front of your body.
    c. Extend arm with the palm down and hold this position rigidly.
    d. Extend arm with the thumb pointing up, and flex the fingers in and out.
3026: Which type of fog is the most dense and widely spread of those that occur on the Great Lakes?

    a. Steam fog
    b. Advection fog
    c. Radiation fog
    d. Lake effect fog
3028: The term "inland waters", as defined in the Rules of the Road, includes __________.

    a. the Great Lakes in their entirety
    b. the Mississippi River System
    c. U.S. waters out to three miles offshore
    d. the St. Lawrence River to Anticosti Island
3030: The piping that routes an oil cargo from the manifold to underdeck pipelines is known as a __________.

    a. cargo fill
    b. line drop
    c. transfer
    d. branch line
3031: Before a Master relieves a Pilot of the conn, the __________.

    a. vessel must be in extremis
    b. Master must request the Pilot to take corrective action
    c. Master should release the Pilot from all liability
    d. Master should foresee any danger to the vessel on the present course
3032: Ice is often strong enough to halt navigation through the St. Lawrence Seaway by mid- __________.

    a. October
    b. November
    c. December
    d. January
3036: Which statement about ships operating in ice is FALSE?

    a. Light and partly loaded ships should be ballasted as deeply as possible.
    b. In brash-filled channels, operating with a shallow draft forward is most effective.
    c. Traditionally, operating ships light in the ice has been effective in the spring.
    d. Good searchlights should be available in the event of night navigation with or without icebreaker escort.
3039: What is NOT a problem when carrying coal?

    a. The requirement for through-ventilation
    b. The corrosion some types of coal will cause to the ship
    c. Spontaneous heating
    d. Generation of methane gas
3042: A Great Lakes vessel bound for Anticosti Island is exempt from the IMO Grain Regulations if the vessel meets all of the following standards EXCEPT __________.

    a. the metacentric height corrected for free surface must meet regulatory minimums throughout the voyage
    b. slack surfaces should be in a mound
    c. the longitudinal strength of the vessel must not be imperiled
    d. the Master must ascertain the expected weather conditions enroute
3044: When you have a tow alongside, your stern should extend aft of the tow in order to __________.

    a. avoid obscuring your stern light
    b. provide a better lead for your lines
    c. obtain better steering control
    d. let the barge deflect floating objects from your propeller
3046: What is an explosion hazard when exposed to flame?

    a. Formic acid
    b. Nitrous oxide
    c. Tallow
    d. Toluene
3047: When backing down with sternway, the pivot point of a vessel is __________.

    a. about one-quarter of the vessel's length from the stern
    b. at the bow
    c. about one-third of the vessel's length from the bow
    d. aft of the propellers
3048: The proximity of pack ice may be indicated by __________.

    a. changes in seawater salinity
    b. glare on clouds on the horizon
    c. changes in air temperature
    d. icebergs
3050: Which characteristic is an advantage of a butterfly valve as compared to a gate valve?

    a. Precise control over cargo flow
    b. Quick operation
    c. No resistance to cargo flow when open
    d. Less maintenance required
3052: How should you signal the crane operator to lower the boom?

    a. With arm extended and fingers closed, point thumb downward.
    b. With arm extended downwards and forefinger pointing down, move hand in small horizontal circles.
    c. Extend arm with the palm down, and hold this position rigidly.
    d. With hands clasped in front of your body.
3054: The phenomenon known as a "seiche" is most likely to occur on Lake Erie __________.

    a. during the passage of a rapidly moving warm front
    b. when strong winds from the Northeast suddenly diminish
    c. during the months of May through August
    d. when the Moon and Sun are in alignment
3056: Advection fog holds longest over which portions of the lakes?

    a. Northwest
    b. Southeast
    c. Northeast
    d. Southwest
3058: Which type of ice is the most difficult to combat and presents the greatest hazard to shipping on the Great Lakes during the winter months?

    a. Icebergs
    b. Fast ice
    c. Slow ice
    d. Pack slush ice
3059: A vessel which is being assisted by an icebreaker would display a flag hoist consisting of the code numeral "4" when the vessel __________.

    a. speed begins to drop
    b. stops
    c. receives ice damage
    d. becomes icebound
3060: Which characteristic is an advantage of a butterfly valve as compared to a gate valve?

    a. Precise adjustment of cargo flow
    b. Faster rate of cargo flow
    c. Easier operation
    d. Less chance of leaks
3061: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy, messages are sent by precedence. A message designated IMMEDIATE will be delivered within __________.

    a. 3 hours to start of business the following day
    b. 1 to 6 hours
    c. 10 minutes if possible
    d. 30 minutes to 1 hour
3062: How should you signal the crane operator to swing?

    a. With both arms extended out and palms down, move arms back and forth.
    b. With arm extended downwards and forefinger pointing down, move hand in small horizontal circles.
    c. Extend arm and point finger in the direction to move the boom.
    d. Place both fists in front of the body with the thumbs pointing outward.
3064: What is the meaning of a flag hoist consisting of the code letters "WM" (Whiskey Mike) when displayed by an icebreaker?

    a. "I am going ahead; follow me."
    b. "You should stop your vessel instantly."
    c. "Icebreaker support is now commencing."
    d. "Icebreaker support is finished."
3066: A list man would expect to see any of the following light signals EXCEPT __________.

    a. two red lights
    b. one green light
    c. one white light
    d. one amber light
3067: A lashing used to secure two barges side by side, lashed in an "X" fashion, is called a __________.

    a. face wire
    b. cross wire
    c. scissor wire
    d. breast wire
3068: While loading a cargo of grain, your vessel develops a list to starboard. This will be corrected by __________.

    a. the compensating tanks on the high side
    b. the list man changing the discharge location of the chutes
    c. allowing the grain to level itself as the hold fills to the spar deck level
    d. trimming the final loading cone by hand
3068: While loading a cargo of grain, your vessel develops a list to starboard. This will be corrected by __________.

    a. the compensating tanks on the high side
    b. the list man changing the discharge location of the chutes
    c. allowing the grain to level itself as the hold fills to the spar deck level
    d. trimming the final loading cone by hand
3069: Atmospheres laden with coal dust or grain dust caused by loading these cargoes __________.

    a. require loading operations to be shut down until the atmosphere clears
    b. are toxic to human life
    c. are subject to spontaneous combustion
    d. may be explosive in some concentrations
3070: What is an advantage of a gate valve over a butterfly valve?

    a. Less frequent maintenance
    b. Faster operation
    c. Cheaper
    d. More compact
3072: A Great Lakes bulk ore vessel would use an "Iron Deckhand" to assist in __________.

    a. unloading bulk cargo
    b. steering the vessel
    c. making the vessel fast to a dock
    d. removing hatch covers
3073: You are on a large merchant vessel entering a U.S. port. There is a Pilot on board and he has the conn. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. The Pilot becomes solely responsible for the safe navigation of the vessel only if the Master relinquishes the conn.
    b. The Pilot is solely responsible for the safe maneuvering of the ship only if he is required to be on board by law.
    c. The Master is responsible for the safe navigation of the ship and the Pilot is employed for his local knowledge.
    d. The Pilot is solely responsible for the internal working of the ship.
3074: In securing a towing cable, consideration must be given to letting go in an emergency. The possible whip of towlines when released can be overcome by __________.

    a. increasing the shaft RPM prior to release
    b. using a pelican hook for quick release
    c. using preventers
    d. using a short chain for the lead through the stern chock
3075: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) when you wish to send a message concerning your ships diversion. Which precedence would you assign this message?

    a. O (IMMEDIATE)
    b. P (PRIORITY)
    c. R (ROUTINE)
    d. Z (FLASH)
3076: The part of the anchor indicated by the letter K is the __________. (D038DG )

    a. crown
    b. ring
    c. shank
    d. bending shot
3077: The flash point of vinyl chloride is __________.

    a. -108°F (-78°C)
    b. -20°F (-29°C)
    c. 32°F (0°C)
    d. 97°F (36°C)
3078: Another name for coal naphtha that would appear on a dangerous cargo manifest is __________.

    a. benzene
    b. tar
    c. middle oil
    d. toluene
3079: What is a solid at ambient temperature?

    a. Aniline
    b. Formic acid
    c. Methyl chloride
    d. Napthalene
3080: Which method should be used to warm up the pump turbines prior to discharge?

    a. Lock the turbine rotor and slowly bleed in steam until operating temperature is reached
    b. Run the pump at high speed with the discharge valves closed
    c. Run the turbine at slow speed with the pump disconnected
    d. Shut the discharge valve and run the pump at slow speed
3081: A seaman is entitled by law to a release from Foreign Articles when __________.

    a. intoxicated
    b. deductions are made from wages
    c. injured
    d. the vessel is overloaded
3082: Which statement is FALSE with regards to the Great Lakes Light List?

    a. The Light List does not contain information on any of the navigational aids maintained by Canada.
    b. Volume VII does not include information on Class III private aids to navigation.
    c. The Light List does not include Coast Guard mooring buoys, special purpose buoys, or buoys marking fish net areas.
    d. The Light List should be corrected each week from the appropriate Notice to Mariners.
3083: You are signing on crew members. The minimum number of people required aboard, and the qualifications of each, is listed on the __________.

    a. fo'c'sle card
    b. Crew list
    c. Articles of Agreement
    d. Certificate of Inspection
3085: Naval Control of Shipping (NCS) publications should be __________.

    a. in the Master's custody
    b. safely stowed
    c. turned over to the relieving Master
    d. All of the above
3086: Which statement concerning the navigation of a vessel in ice is FALSE?

    a. Anchoring in the presence of ice is not recommended except in an emergency.
    b. Towing a vessel through an ice field is not recommended except in an emergency.
    c. The "Free and Proceed" system of escorting a beset vessel cuts down on the number of freeing operations.
    d. When anchoring in ice, it is advisable to increase the scope of the chain over what is normally used for non-icing conditions.
3088: A "check" line is __________.

    a. a safety line attached to a man working over the side
    b. used to measure water depth
    c. used to slow the headway of a barge
    d. used to measure the overhead height of a bridge
3089: How does an icebreaker normally free a ship which has become beset while navigating independently?

    a. By backing down the track and cutting out ice on either bow
    b. By approaching from the stern and crossing ahead at an angle of 20° to 30° to the beset ship's course
    c. By overtaking the beset ship, running ahead and then backing down the track to the beset vessel
    d. By approaching the vessel from astern and towing the beset vessel stern first
3091: Towlines should be inspected for chafing where the towline __________.

    a. passes over the stern of the towing vessel
    b. passes through chocks
    c. is attached to the disabled vessel
    d. All of the above
3092: Item A is the __________. (D024DG )

    a. lashing
    b. drag wire
    c. scissor wire
    d. tandem wire
3094: Your vessel is underway and approaching an overhead obstruction on Lake Superior. Given the following information, determine the clearance between your vessel and the obstruction. Highest point on vessel: 74 ft. Lowest point of obstruction: 126 (LWD) Monthly lake level: +2 (LWD) International Great Lakes Datum: 600.0 (182.88 meters)

    a. 474 feet
    b. 400 feet
    c. 175 feet
    d. 50 feet
3095: You are standing the wheelwatch when you hear the cry, "Man overboard starboard side". You should instinctively __________.

    a. give full left rudder
    b. put the rudder amidships
    c. give full right rudder
    d. throw a life ring to mark the spot
3096: When loading a cargo of taconite, proper sequencing of loading by hatch number is necessary to __________.

    a. provide the proper trim
    b. prevent negative stability from developing
    c. prevent excessive longitudinal stresses
    d. control list
3098: A weight of 1,000 short tons is equivalent to __________.

    a. 1,500 foot-pounds
    b. 2,240 long tons
    c. 2,000 pounds
    d. 2,000 kips
3099: A lashing used to secure two barges side by side, lashed in an "X" fashion, is called a __________.

    a. quarter line
    b. back line
    c. peg line
    d. jockey line
3100: A holder of a license as Master of towing vessels may work each 24 hours for a period not to exceed __________.

    a. 6 hours
    b. 12 hours
    c. 18 hours
    d. 24 hours
3100: A holder of a license as Master of towing vessels may work each 24 hours for a period not to exceed __________.

    a. 6 hours
    b. 12 hours
    c. 18 hours
    d. 24 hours
3102: When hip towing, a line led from the stern of the towboat forward to the barge provides the towing pull when __________.

    a. going ahead
    b. dead in the water
    c. in a following current
    d. backing
3103: A case received for shipment has the markings shown. Each carton measures 13" X 15" X 23". What is the total cubic capacity the entire consignment will occupy? (Ignore broken stowage.) (D043DG )

    a. 779 cubic feet (22 cubic meters)
    b. 992 cubic feet (28 cubic meters)
    c. 1,047 cubic feet (30 cubic meters)
    d. 112,125 cubic feet (3173 cubic meters)
3104: When maneuvering a heavy barge up a wide channel with a tug, the tow may be most closely controlled by making up to the barge __________.

    a. with a short tow astern
    b. nearly bow to bow, at a small angle
    c. amidships, parallel to the barge
    d. nearly stern to stern, at a small angle to the barge
3105: On a sea going towing vessel of 150 GT, there are six (6) seamen in the deck crew. How many certificated able seamen are required if the voyage is over 600 miles?

    a. 4
    b. 3
    c. 2
    d. 1
3108: How should you signal the crane operator to raise the boom?

    a. Extend arm with the thumb pointing up and flex the fingers in and out.
    b. Place both fists in front of the body with the thumbs pointing upward.
    c. With forearm vertical and forefinger pointing up, move hand in small horizontal circles.
    d. Extend arm with fingers closed and point thumb upward.
3109: When hip towing, a line led from the bow of the towing vessel aft to the vessel being towed would be a __________.

    a. backing line
    b. towing line
    c. stern line
    d. breast line
3110: The number or name of a tank barge shall be __________.

    a. displayed in at least 4 different positions on the barge
    b. carved on a wooden board and attached to the barge's hull
    c. displayed as close to the navigation lights as possible
    d. displayed at the highest point of the barge's hull such that it can be seen from either side
3111: While the Pilot is maneuvering the vessel to a dock, what is the PRIMARY responsibility of the watch officer?

    a. Insure that helm and throttle orders given by the Pilot are correctly executed.
    b. Judge the appropriateness of the Pilot's orders and countermand them if necessary.
    c. Supervise the signaling and flag etiquette.
    d. Record the bells and their times in the bell book.
3112: A tug is to assist in docking an oceangoing vessel on a hawser. The greatest danger to the tug is __________.

    a. from the ship's propeller when making up aft
    b. from being overrun if making up forward
    c. hull damage while alongside passing a hawser
    d. getting in a tripping position
3114: Which item is rigged to transmit the thrust from one barge to another barge when going ahead? (D024DG )

    a. I
    b. H
    c. E
    d. B
3114: Which item is rigged to transmit the thrust from one barge to another barge when going ahead? (D024DG )

    a. I
    b. H
    c. E
    d. B
3116: You are lifting a 5-ton weight with a single whip rove on a swinging boom set at an angle of 20° to the horizontal. Use the formula for the size of a shackle with a safe working load and determine the minimum size shackle that should be used to secure the head block to the boom?

    a. 1 3/8 inch
    b. 1 1/2 inch
    c. 1 3/4 inch
    d. 1 7/8 inch
3120: You are operating a 150 GT towing vessel. What is NOT required on the vessel?

    a. Certificate of Documentation
    b. FCC station license
    c. Your Coast Guard license
    d. Certificate of Inspection
3122: When a tug is "in irons", she __________.

    a. is made fast to the dock with engines secured
    b. is in dry dock
    c. may be in danger of being overrun by her tow
    d. should pay out more towline
3124: You attach a line to a stationary barge lying off your starboard beam in order to maneuver it into position to make up tow. The line used to do this is a __________.

    a. jockey line
    b. fore and aft line
    c. check line
    d. swing line
3126: Your tankship is carrying a cargo of styrene. Which of the following is NOT a requirement for carriage of this cargo?

    a. P/V valves with galvanized parts must be replaced.
    b. Authorization to carry styrene must be endorsed on the Certificate of Inspection.
    c. You must have a "Certificate of Inhibition" provided by the shipper.
    d. The cargo tank heating coils must be blanked off.
3130: What is NOT required on an uninspected towing vessel?

    a. Certificate of Documentation
    b. Certificate of Inspection
    c. Operators Merchant Marine license
    d. FCC Station License
3132: What may prevent a tug from tripping or capsizing when towing a large vessel?

    a. Surge lines
    b. Norman Pins
    c. Under riders
    d. Safety shackles
3134: When using two tugs to assist in mooring a large, deeply laden ship, the most powerful tug is usually placed __________.

    a. forward to control the bow
    b. amidships to move the entire vessel evenly
    c. aft to assist the ship's rudder and propeller
    d. anywhere, since the maneuverability of the tug governs the placement not the power
3138: When pushing ahead, wires leading from the quarters of the after outboard barges to the bow of a towboat __________.

    a. prevent the towboat from sliding when the rudder is moved
    b. prevent the barges from spreading out when backing down
    c. hold the towboat securely to the barges
    d. prevent the sidewise movement of the face barges
3138: When pushing ahead, wires leading from the quarters of the after outboard barges to the bow of a towboat __________.

    a. prevent the towboat from sliding when the rudder is moved
    b. prevent the barges from spreading out when backing down
    c. hold the towboat securely to the barges
    d. prevent the sidewise movement of the face barges
3140: If the Certificate of Inspection of a damaged tank barge has expired, which certificate may be issued to allow its movement to a repair facility?

    a. Change of employment
    b. Permit to proceed
    c. Application for inspection
    d. Temporary Certificate of Inspection
3141: What is NOT a securing system used on a containership?

    a. Lashing system
    b. Stacking system
    c. Locking system
    d. Buttress system
3142: Why are stern towing bitts placed well forward of the rudder when hawser towing?

    a. To keep the hawser from fouling the rudder
    b. To keep the towing bitts as far away as possible from the tugs pivoting point
    c. To allow the stern to swing more freely when using rudder
    d. To have as much of the towing hawser in use as possible
3143: You are the person in charge of a 199 GRT uninspected towing vessel engaged in coastwise towing from the Gulf of Mexico to the New York area, a distance in excess of 600 miles. Which statement is FALSE?

    a. The deckhands shall be divided into 3 watches.
    b. Certificates of Discharge are not required to be issued.
    c. Able seamen are required in the deck crew.
    d. All crew members shall have Merchant Mariner's Documents.
3144: A tow consists of 8 barges: 6 jumbo barges made up 3 abreast and 2 long, with 2 standard barges abreast as lead barges. How long is this tow?

    a. 525 feet
    b. 545 feet
    c. 565 feet
    d. 595 feet
3145: You are the operator of a towing vessel which collides with a buoy and drags it off station. What should you do if the damage to your vessel is not serious?

    a. If the buoy is afloat, no action is necessary.
    b. Wait one week and submit form CG-2692 to the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Inspection Office.
    c. Immediately notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Inspection Office and then submit form CG-2692.
    d. Immediately notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Inspection Office and no further action is necessary.
3146: How should you signal the crane operator to use the main hoist?

    a. Use one hand to give any motion signal, and place the other hand motionless in front of the hand giving the motion signal.
    b. Extend arm with the thumb pointing up and flex the fingers in and out for as long as the load movement is desired.
    c. First tap your elbow with one hand, and then proceed to use regular signals.
    d. First tap the top of your head with your fist, and then proceed to use regular signals.
3148: The part of the anchor indicated by the letter H is the __________. (D038DG )

    a. fluke
    b. shank
    c. tripping palm
    d. crown
3150: You are moving a gas free tank barge to dry dock for repairs. The barge must have onboard a valid __________.

    a. Gas Free Certificate
    b. Certificate of Inspection
    c. Permit to Proceed and Hot Work Permit
    d. All of the above
3152: The danger of a towing vessel tripping is increased the closer the towline is secured to __________.

    a. the stern
    b. amidships
    c. the bow
    d. the quarter
3162: When maneuvering from pull towing to breasted (alongside) towing, a twin-screw vessel is more likely than a single-screw vessel of equal horsepower to __________.

    a. trip or capsize
    b. foul the towline
    c. go into irons
    d. part the towing strap
3164: How should you signal the crane operator to lower the boom and raise the load?

    a. Extend arm and point finger in the direction to move the boom.
    b. Extend arm with thumb pointing downward and flex fingers in and out.
    c. With forearm vertical and forefinger pointing up, move hand in small horizontal circles.
    d. With arm extended downwards and forefinger pointing down, move hand in small horizontal circles.
3165: When steering a vessel, a good helmsman does NOT __________.

    a. consider steering a vessel a highly responsible job
    b. use as much rudder as possible to keep the vessel on course
    c. use as little rudder as possible to keep the vessel on course
    d. advise his relief of the course being steered
3166: The American Consul has asked the Master of a vessel bound for a port in the U.S. to transport a destitute seaman back to the U.S. Which action may the Master take?

    a. He must always take the seaman.
    b. He is required to accept the seaman only if the seaman is medically unfit.
    c. He may refuse the seaman if the seaman has a contagious disease.
    d. He may refuse to take the seaman if he is being held by shore authorities.
3167: Which statement concerning a 298 GRT inspected tug engaged in towing from Seattle, WA, to Alaska is TRUE?

    a. No able seamen are required.
    b. Each crew member must be issued a certificate of discharge at the time of discharge.
    c. A licensed Master of Towing Vessels may serve as Master.
    d. Crew must be signed on before a Shipping Commissioner.
3168: Which item is rigged to transmit the thrust from one barge to another when backing down? (D024DG )

    a. I
    b. H
    c. C
    d. B
3170: A license for apprentice mate (steersman) of uninspected towing vessels shall be renewed within what time period before or after the expiration date?

    a. 30 days
    b. 90 days
    c. 6 months
    d. 12 months
3171: A high cube container would most likely be used to stow __________.

    a. dense bulk cargoes
    b. household appliances
    c. fragile cargoes
    d. heavy industrial machinery
3172: The signal man assisting the crane operator has his hands clasped in front of his body. This is the signal to __________.

    a. dog everything
    b. stop
    c. stand-by
    d. prepare for signal
3172: The signal man assisting the crane operator has his hands clasped in front of his body. This is the signal to __________.

    a. dog everything
    b. stop
    c. stand-by
    d. prepare for signal
3173: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy, messages are sent by precedence. A message designated FLASH will be delivered within __________.

    a. 3 hours to start of business the following day
    b. 1 to 6 hours
    c. 10 minutes if possible
    d. 30 minutes to 1 hour
3176: The part of the anchor indicated by the letter G is the __________. (D038DG )

    a. fluke
    b. shank
    c. tripping palm
    d. crown
3180: A license issued by the U.S. Coast Guard for Master of Towing Vessels is valid for __________.

    a. 2 years and must be renewed
    b. 3 years and must be renewed
    c. 5 years and must be renewed
    d. life and need not be renewed
3192: How should you signal the crane operator to hoist?

    a. With forearm vertical and forefinger pointing up, move hand in small horizontal circles.
    b. With arm extended downwards and forefinger pointing down, move hand in small horizontal circles.
    c. Extend arm with fingers closed and thumb pointing upward.
    d. Place both fists in front of body with the thumbs pointing upward.
3200: A license issued by the U.S. Coast Guard for apprentice mate (steersman) of Uninspected Towing Vessels is valid for __________.

    a. 2 years and must be renewed
    b. 3 years and must be renewed
    c. 5 years and must be renewed
    d. None of the above
3201: You are on watch entering port, and the Master gives the helmsman a rudder command which conflicts with a rudder command from the Pilot. You should make sure the helmsman __________.

    a. obeys the Pilot
    b. asks you for instructions
    c. obeys the Master
    d. brings the rudder to a point midway between the two conflicting positions
3204: What term indicates the immersed body of the vessel forward of the parallel mid-body?

    a. Run
    b. Flare
    c. Entrance
    d. Sheer
3206: The signal man assisting a crane operator has his arm extended, thumb pointing downwards, flexing fingers in and out. This is the signal to __________.

    a. lower the boom and raise the load
    b. lower the load and raise the boom
    c. raise the boom and lower the load
    d. raise the load and lower the boom
3208: The tankship Northland is loaded as shown. Use the salmon colored pages in the Stability Data Reference Book to determine the sagging numeral. (Get Table Data)

    a. 72.42 numeral
    b. 78.98 numeral
    c. 83.46 numeral
    d. 91.48 numeral
3210: A licensed Master of Towing Vessels may NOT serve as the person in charge of which towing vessel?

    a. 99 GRT towing vessel operating on Chesapeake Bay
    b. 199 GRT towing vessel operating in the Gulf of Alaska
    c. 500 GRT towboat operating on the Western Rivers
    d. 349 GRT towing vessel operating between Florida and Puerto Rico
3211: With the buttress securing system, containers of different heights must be stowed __________.

    a. on the bottom tier on deck
    b. in the hold
    c. next to the buttress tower
    d. on the top tier
3218: The term "bollard pull" refers to a towing vessel's __________.

    a. propulsion horsepower available
    b. pulling ability at cruise power
    c. towing winch capability
    d. pulling ability under static conditions
3219: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy, messages are sent by precedence. A message designated PRIORITY will be delivered within __________.

    a. 3 hours to start of business the following day
    b. 10 minutes if possible
    c. 30 minutes to 1 hour
    d. 1 to 6 hours
3220: If you are guilty of failure to properly perform your duties as Master of Uninspected Towing Vessels, which of the following actions may NOT be taken?

    a. Issuance of a letter of warning
    b. Suspension of your license
    c. Revocation of your license
    d. A fine placed against your license
3230: After a collision or accident involving an uninspected vessel, regulations require that the operator assist persons affected, but only if the operator can do so without __________.

    a. further damaging the other vessel
    b. undue delay
    c. serious danger to his or her own vessel
    d. creating a panic on either vessel
3232: The signal man assisting the crane operator has his arm extended with the palm down and holds this position rigidly. This is the signal to __________.

    a. hoist
    b. swing
    c. stop
    d. lower
3234: Rolling is angular motion of the vessel about what axis?

    a. Longitudinal
    b. Transverse
    c. Vertical
    d. Centerline
3239: Which term indicates the rise in height of the bottom plating from the plane of the base line?

    a. Deadrise
    b. Camber
    c. Molded height
    d. Sheer
3240: You are the operator of a towing vessel which becomes involved in a collision. By law you must assist __________.

    a. if your vessel is at fault
    b. if you can do so without excessive delay
    c. if you can do so without serious danger to your vessel
    d. regardless of the circumstances
3242: What term indicates the line drawn at the top of the flat plate keel?

    a. Base line
    b. Molded line
    c. Designer's waterline
    d. Keel line
3244: The shank is indicated by which letter? (D038DG )

    a. K
    b. J
    c. H
    d. F
3248: The rope which is the lightest is __________.

    a. manila
    b. nylon
    c. polypropylene
    d. dacron
3250: You are operator of a towing vessel which collides with a buoy and drags it off station. What should you do if the damage to your vessel is not serious?

    a. If the buoy is afloat, no action is necessary.
    b. Wait one week and submit form GG-2692 to the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Inspection Office.
    c. Immediately notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Inspection Office and no further action is necessary.
    d. Immediately notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Inspection Office and then submit form CG-2692.
3252: The signal man assisting the crane operator has his arm extended and is pointing his finger in the direction to move the boom. This is the signal to __________.

    a. extend
    b. lower
    c. hoist
    d. swing
3260: When underway with a tow, you must notify the Coast Guard of which casualty?

    a. Damage to property amounting to $1,500
    b. Loss of bridge-to-bridge radio capability
    c. An injury requiring first aid
    d. Loss of main propulsion
3262: Fracture damage to the end links of the anchor cable, or to the Jews' harp may be eliminated by __________.

    a. using a small diameter connecting shackle
    b. ensuring the swivel is well lubricated and free to turn
    c. installing the connecting shackle with the bow towards the anchor
    d. securing a piece of wood to the Jews' harp
3269: What provides little or no indication that a vessel is dragging anchor?

    a. Changing range to an object abeam
    b. Drift lead with the line tending forward
    c. The cable alternates between slack and heavy tension
    d. Changing bearing to a fixed distant object abeam
3270: A vessel is tide rode when it is __________.

    a. carrying extra rudder to compensate for the current
    b. necessary to adjust the course steered to allow for the current
    c. at anchor and stemming the current
    d. being forced off of a pier by the hydraulic effect of the current
3275: When underway with a tow, you are required to notify the Coast Guard in which casualty situation?

    a. Damage to property amounting to $12,500
    b. Loss of bridge-to-bridge radio capability
    c. An injury requiring first aid treatment
    d. Accidental stranding or grounding
3280: What is NOT accepted as the required shipping papers on a manned and loaded tank barge?

    a. Bill of Lading
    b. Manifest
    c. Shipping document
    d. Logbook entry
3282: What term indicates the immersed body of the vessel aft of the parallel mid-body?

    a. Run
    b. Stern
    c. Counter
    d. Flow
3286: The signal man assisting the crane operator has his arm extended, with the thumb pointing up, and is flexing his fingers in and out for as long as the load movement is desired. This is the signal to __________.

    a. lower the boom and raise the load
    b. raise the boom and lower the load
    c. lower the boom and lower the load
    d. raise the boom and raise the load
3288: The angular movement of a vessel about a horizontal line drawn from its bow to its stern is __________.

    a. pitching
    b. rolling
    c. heaving
    d. swaying
3290: What will be accepted as the shipping papers for an unmanned tank barge but will not be accepted if the tank barge is manned?

    a. Bill of Lading
    b. Logbook entry
    c. Manifest
    d. Shipping document
3291: The riding pawl is __________.

    a. a safety interlock in a cargo winch that prevents the runner from overspeeding
    b. a stopper that prevents the anchor cable from running free if the cable jumps the wildcat
    c. the device that locks the deck lashings of the Peck and Hale system
    d. the lug that rides on the eccentric rib and engages the locking ring on the windlass
3292: The forecastle card is a(n) __________.

    a. unlicensed shipping card from the union
    b. quarters allocation
    c. copy of the shipping agreement
    d. Muster List ("Station Bill")
3293: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and wish to send a message by rapid transmission which does not require a higher precedence. Which precedence would you assign this message?

    a. R (ROUTINE)
    b. P (PRIORITY)
    c. O (IMMEDIATE)
    d. Z (FLASH)
3294: Your vessel is to dock bow in at a pier without the assistance of tugboats. Which line will be the most useful when maneuvering the vessel alongside the pier?

    a. Bow breast line
    b. Stern breast line
    c. Bow spring line
    d. Inshore head line
3300: You are heading into the sea during rough weather. Having too much weight forward can cause your small boat to __________.

    a. broach
    b. plunge into the wave
    c. rise rapidly over the wave
    d. list
3308: What term indicates a curvature of the decks in a longitudinal direction?

    a. Deadrise
    b. Camber
    c. Sheer
    d. Flare
3309: Catenary as applied to tow lines denotes the __________.

    a. dip of the line
    b. stretch of the line
    c. strain on the line
    d. length of the line
3320: Which type of bottom is best suited for holding an anchor of a small boat?

    a. Mud and clay
    b. Rocky
    c. Sandy
    d. Gravel
3321: By law, the maximum penalty for failing (without reasonable cause) to give aid in the case of collision is __________.

    a. one year imprisonment or $500
    b. two years imprisonment or $500
    c. two years imprisonment or $1000
    d. two years imprisonment or $2000
3322: The fluke is indicated by which letter? (D038DG )

    a. F
    b. G
    c. H
    d. I
3323: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) when it becomes necessary to send a distress message. Which precedence would you assign this message?

    a. P (PRIORITY)
    b. O (IMMEDIATE)
    c. R (ROUTINE)
    d. Z (FLASH)
3324: What descriptive term indicates that the dimension is measured from the inner face of the shell or deck plating?

    a. Molded
    b. Register
    c. Tonnage
    d. Effective
3325: Flammable liquids should have what kind of label?

    a. Skull and crossbones
    b. Yellow
    c. Red
    d. White
3326: The signal man assisting the crane operator uses one hand to give any motion signal and places the other hand motionless in front of the hand giving the motion signal. This is the signal to __________.

    a. move slowly
    b. increase speed
    c. proceed with caution
    d. stop
3327: The upward slope of a vessels bottom from the keel to the bilge is called __________.

    a. camber
    b. sheer
    c. rake
    d. rise of bottom
3328: The vertical motion of a floating vessel is known as __________.

    a. surge
    b. sway
    c. heave
    d. yaw
3330: When towing astern, chafing gear should NOT be used on a hawser which is __________.

    a. attached to an "H" bitt
    b. attached to an automatic towing engine
    c. held amidships by a gob rope
    d. connected to a swivel
3338: What is used to prevent wear on towlines that bear on hard surfaces?

    a. Chafing gear
    b. Chocks
    c. Grease
    d. Boots
3339: Pitching is angular motion of the vessel about what axis?

    a. Longitudinal
    b. Transverse
    c. Vertical
    d. Centerline
3340: It is NOT advisable to use nylon for alongside towing because it __________.

    a. stretches too much
    b. is too difficult to make fast
    c. parts too readily
    d. is too susceptible to mildew
3342: Which term refers to a transverse curvature of the deck?

    a. Deadrise
    b. Camber
    c. Freeboard
    d. Flare
3346: When connecting the tow bridle to a tug, the end of the bridle is passed with a __________.

    a. heaving line
    b. shot line
    c. high line
    d. messenger line
3347: The opening in the deck beneath the anchor windlass that leads to the chain locker is the __________.

    a. hawsepipe
    b. fallpipe
    c. drop-pipe
    d. spill pipe
3350: It is not advisable to use nylon for alongside towing because it __________.

    a. stretches too much
    b. is too expensive for everyday towing usage
    c. binds on the cleats
    d. parts too readily
3352: The signal man assisting the crane operator has his arm extended, his fingers closed, and his thumb pointing downward. This is the signal to __________.

    a. hoist the load
    b. raise the boom
    c. lower the boom
    d. lower the load
3360: On a light tow, what could you substitute for a fishplate?

    a. heart-shaped shackle
    b. pelican hook
    c. swivel
    d. ring
3370: In astern towing, a tow span, also called the "tow bar" or "towing arch", is used to __________.

    a. insure that the hawser leads directly aft as it passes over the stern of the towing vessel
    b. increase the stability of the towing vessel by raising the hawser off the deck
    c. reduce chafing of the towing hawser
    d. prevent fouling of the hawser on deck gear located on the stern of the towing vessel
3372: The lead of a tow bridle is usually redirected with a __________.

    a. bollard
    b. chock
    c. pad eye
    d. devil's claw
3374: Angular motion about the longitudinal axis of a vessel is known as __________.

    a. pitch
    b. surge
    c. sway
    d. roll
3378: The part of the anchor indicated by the letter F is the __________. (D038DG )

    a. shank
    b. bar
    c. stock
    d. shot
3381: A half-height container is used __________.

    a. to carry cargoes of low density
    b. when stowage space is limited
    c. to carry cargoes such as steel products or drums
    d. to double the stowage capacity of the vessel
3382: The signal man assisting the crane operator first taps his elbow with one hand and then proceeds to use regular signals. This is the signal to __________.

    a. use the main hoist
    b. proceed slowly
    c. increase speed
    d. use the whip line
3390: When towing, a tow hook is used to __________.

    a. provide quick release of the hawser
    b. pull a tow alongside
    c. attach a hawser to a tow which has no bitts or pad eyes
    d. join two hawsers for lengthening a tow
3392: What term indicates the midships portion of a vessel that has a constant cross section?

    a. Half length
    b. Amidships
    c. Middle body
    d. Molded length
3394: The crown of the anchor shown is indicated by which letter? (D038DG )

    a. K
    b. J
    c. H
    d. G
3395: The holding power of an anchor at a given scope of cable increases when the __________.

    a. amount of chain lying along the bottom increases
    b. length of the catenary is reduced
    c. mooring line tension is increased
    d. amount of chain lying along the bottom decreases
3396: A tow that veers to the side on the end of the towline is said to __________.

    a. yaw
    b. surge
    c. sway
    d. swing
3400: In a tow made up astern, the fishplate __________.

    a. connects the hawser to the bridle
    b. connects the bridle to the tow
    c. keeps the hawser amidships on the tug
    d. is the capping piece on the "H" bitt
3404: The signal man assisting the crane operator first taps the top of his head with his fist and then proceeds to use regular signals. This is the signal to __________.

    a. use the whip line
    b. use the main hoist
    c. use the auxiliary line
    d. proceed slowly
3410: When "checking down" a barge using a check line you should use __________.

    a. one round turn and at least two figure-eights around the timber heads
    b. at least three figure-eights around the timber heads
    c. a clove hitch around one timber head
    d. at least three round turns around one timber head
3411: When steering a vessel, a good helmsman does NOT __________.

    a. consider steering a vessel a highly responsible job
    b. use as little rudder as possible to maintain course
    c. use as much rudder as possible to keep the vessel on course
    d. advise his relief of the course being steered
3414: You are lifting a 3-ton weight with a single whip rove on a swinging boom set at an angle 20° to the horizontal. Use the formula for the size of a shackle with a safe working load and determine the minimum size shackle that should be used to secure the head block to the boom.

    a. 1 3/8 inch
    b. 1 1/2 inch
    c. 1 5/8 inch
    d. 1 3/4 inch
3420: A face line is used to __________.

    a. prevent barge movement in a lock
    b. secure two barges end-to-end
    c. secure barges to the towboat
    d. secure barges side-by-side
3430: What is NOT considered "jewelry"?

    a. Steamboat ratchets
    b. Manila lines
    c. Buttons
    d. Shackles
3431: A high cube container is designed specifically to __________.

    a. carry low density cargoes
    b. protect fragile cargoes
    c. stow cargoes with concentrated weights such as machinery
    d. carry cargoes of very low stowage factors
3432: A vessel is wind rode when it is __________.

    a. at anchor and heading into the wind
    b. backing into the wind
    c. carrying lee rudder
    d. necessary to apply a leeway correction to the course
3434: The Scharnow turn should be used in a man overboard situation only when __________.

    a. the man can be kept in sight from the bridge while maneuvering
    b. the turn is started immediately when the man goes over
    c. there has been sufficient time elapsed since the man went over to complete the maneuver
    d. the vessel has twin screws to assist in making the turn
3436: The signal man assisting the crane operator has one hand occupied and one fist in front of his chest with the thumb pointing outward and is tapping his chest with the heel of his fist. This is the signal to __________.

    a. extend the boom
    b. lower the boom
    c. retract the boom
    d. hoist the boom
3438: One advantage of chain over wire rope for a tow bridle is that chain __________.

    a. is better suited for inland towing
    b. resists damage from chafing
    c. handles more easily
    d. equalizes towing forces better
3439: Horizontal fore or aft motion of a vessel is known as __________.

    a. pitch
    b. surge
    c. sway
    d. roll
3440: The circular steel structure installed around the propeller of a towboat is the __________.

    a. nozzle
    b. shroud
    c. strut
    d. hood
3442: The part of the anchor indicated by the letter J is the __________. (D038DG )

    a. crown
    b. shank
    c. bill
    d. tip
3446: The best way to determine if a load is within maximum lift limits is to use __________.

    a. a boom angle indicator
    b. a load weight indicator
    c. material invoices for shipping weights
    d. prior experience with similar lifts
3447: The best method to secure a tow line to a cleat is to __________.

    a. take a turn around the cleat, then figure-eights, and a half-hitch
    b. make figure-eights, followed by a half-hitch, then a figure-eight knot
    c. take a turn, a half turn, and a figure-eight
    d. take several turns around the cleat only
3448: When inspecting ground tackle, fractures are most frequently found in the __________.

    a. anchor shank
    b. end links
    c. swivel
    d. fluke
3449: What term indicates an inward curvature of the ship's hull above the waterline?

    a. Camber
    b. Tumble home
    c. Deadrise
    d. Flare
3450: Kort nozzles are installed around the propellers of some vessels to __________.

    a. increase the thrust of the propeller
    b. protect the propeller from striking sawyers
    c. prevent the propeller from striking barges towed on the hip
    d. prevent the propeller from touching bottom in low water
3451: After inventorying the Naval Control of Shipping publications you find there is no copy of ATP-2, Volume II "Allied Control of Shipping Manual - Bridge Supplement". You should ask for a replacement from the __________.

    a. Maritime Administration
    b. Coast Guard
    c. Chief of Naval Operations
    d. local Operational Control Authority
3452: A drift lead indicates that the vessel is dragging anchor when the line is __________.

    a. taut and leading forward
    b. slack
    c. leading out perpendicular to the centerline
    d. leading under the hull
3454: For any given pedestal crane, when the boom is lengthened, the lifting capacity is __________.

    a. unchanged
    b. increased
    c. eliminated
    d. decreased
3456: The vertical movement of a vessel in the water is called __________.

    a. pitch
    b. sway
    c. heave
    d. roll
3459: The pea is indicated by which letter? (D038DG )

    a. J
    b. H
    c. G
    d. F
3460: You would NOT secure a line to a __________.

    a. kevel
    b. stand pipe
    c. button
    d. timber head
3462: Under U.S. law, what is the penalty for assaulting the Master?

    a. Fine of not more than $1000
    b. Fine of not more than $500 and/or imprisonment for not more than 1 year
    c. Imprisonment for not more than 2 years
    d. Revocation of the Merchant Mariner's Document (and license if applicable)
3463: Deckhands onboard towing vessels shall be divided into 3 watches when the trip exceeds __________.

    a. 1000 miles
    b. 800 miles
    c. 700 miles
    d. 600 miles
3464: The ultimate or maximum strength of a wire rope is referred to as the __________.

    a. operating strength
    b. working load
    c. breaking strength
    d. lifting load
3465: Which type of anchor is illustrated? (D038DG )

    a. Stockless
    b. Danforth
    c. Old-fashioned
    d. Kedge
3465: Which type of anchor is illustrated? (D038DG )

    a. Stockless
    b. Danforth
    c. Old-fashioned
    d. Kedge
3466: What is a spill pipe?

    a. A drainage pipe that carries rain or spray from an upper deck to a lower deck
    b. A pipe under the anchor windlass leading to the chain locker
    c. A chute, usually over the stern, to lead dumped garbage clear of the hull
    d. An opening in the deck leading outside the hull
3470: The section of each end of a barge which is heavily reinforced to take the pressure of pushing is called the __________.

    a. headlog
    b. towhead
    c. collision bulkhead
    d. bullnose
3472: You are the Master of a 500 gross ton passenger vessel operating on rivers. Your vessel accidentally runs aground. Under the regulations for passenger vessels, you must notify the __________.

    a. nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Marine Inspection Office as soon as possible
    b. Coast Guard only if the grounding results in damage to property in excess of $(SA)25,000
    c. Coast Guard only if the grounding results in a loss of life
    d. Coast Guard only if the grounding results in injury to personnel
3476: The strongest method of forming an eye in wire rope is using __________.

    a. three wire rope clamps
    b. an eye splice with four or five tucks
    c. a thimble fastened with four or five tucks
    d. a wire rope socket attached with zinc
3480: When barge headlogs do not meet or are not even with one another, the void or opening between them is called a __________.

    a. notch
    b. hole
    c. spacing
    d. gap
3484: You are on watch and see a man fall overboard. Which man- overboard turn should NOT be used in this situation?

    a. Scharnow
    b. Single turn
    c. Racetrack
    d. Williamson
3486: When a two-leg sling is used to lift a load, a sling 40 feet long is better than one of 30 feet because the __________.

    a. tension in the sling legs is less
    b. load can be lifted higher
    c. sling will be easier to attach
    d. sling will be easier to remove
3487: The opening in the deck that leads the anchor cable outside the hull is the __________.

    a. hawsepipe
    b. fall pipe
    c. drop-pipe
    d. spill pipe
3488: Angular motion about the vertical axis of a vessel is called __________.

    a. yaw
    b. surge
    c. sway
    d. roll
3489: You are lifting a 5-ton weight with a single whip rove on a swinging boom set at an angle of 60° to the horizontal. Use the formula for the size of a shackle with a safe working load and determine the minimum size shackle that should be used to secure the head block to the boom?

    a. 1 inch
    b. 1 3/8 inch
    c. 1 1/2 inch
    d. 1 7/8 inch
3490: A device used to tighten up remaining slack in wire rope when you are making up to a tow in inland waters is a __________.

    a. tripping line
    b. tripping bracket
    c. norman pin
    d. steamboat ratchet
3491: You are the licensed Master of a towing vessel operating between New York and Tampa, Florida. If you carry four (4) deckhands onboard, how many must be able seamen?

    a. 4
    b. 3
    c. 2
    d. 1
3492: The Master of a passenger vessel which is not required to maintain an Official Logbook must keep a record of the number of passengers received and delivered from day to day. This record must be available for a period of __________.

    a. 6 months
    b. 12 months
    c. 24 months
    d. 36 months
3493: You are the Master of an uninspected diesel towing vessel of 190 GT operating on a regular run from New York to the Gulf of Mexico. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. Able Seamen are not required in the deck crew.
    b. All crew members must have Merchant Mariner's Documents.
    c. A licensed Chief Engineer is required.
    d. Deck watches may be 6 and 6.
3494: Nylon rope is often used in the makeup of a towline because it __________.

    a. floats
    b. stretches
    c. handles easily
    d. resists rot
3500: Small hull leaks can be temporarily repaired by __________.

    a. parceling
    b. parbuckling
    c. caulking
    d. seizing
3501: What must be accurately determined to assess the potential for progressive flooding after a vessel has been damaged?

    a. The integrity of the water tight boundaries
    b. The capacity of the water sprinkler systems
    c. The operation of the machinery space bilge level alarms
    d. All of the above
3502: The point that is halfway between the forward and after perpendicular and is a reference point for vessel construction is the __________.

    a. half length
    b. mid-body
    c. center line
    d. amidships
3502: The point that is halfway between the forward and after perpendicular and is a reference point for vessel construction is the __________.

    a. half length
    b. mid-body
    c. center line
    d. amidships
3504: Metal plates that cover the top of the hawsepipe are called __________.

    a. footings
    b. plugs
    c. buckler plates
    d. stop waters
3508: A situation has occurred in which your vessel must be towed. When the towing vessel passes the towing line to you, you should secure the line __________.

    a. to the base of the foremast
    b. to the forward-most bitts
    c. to the forward part of the deckhouse
    d. at the stern
3511: The wheel on the windlass with indentations for the anchor chain is the __________.

    a. grabber
    b. wildcat
    c. locking ring
    d. pawl
3514: Which type of anchor is depicted? (D038DG )

    a. Stock
    b. Danforth
    c. Patent
    d. Old-fashioned
3516: The signal man has both arms extended out, palms down, and is moving his arms back and forth. This is the signal for __________.

    a. keep lifting
    b. swing right
    c. swing left
    d. emergency stop
3518: A tug's horsepower available at the shaft is __________.

    a. indicated horsepower
    b. brake horsepower
    c. dynamic horsepower
    d. net horsepower
3519: Strengthening damaged bulkheads by using wood or steel is called __________.

    a. bracing
    b. battening
    c. blocking
    d. shoring
3520: A situation has occurred where it becomes necessary for you to be towed. What action should be taken to prevent your vessel from yawing?

    a. Shift weight to the bow
    b. Shift weight to the center of the boat
    c. Shift weight to the stern
    d. Throw excess weight overboard
3521: Once a towline is connected between the towing vessel and the disabled vessel, the towing vessel should __________.

    a. not exceed bare steerageway during the transit
    b. take a strain as soon as you can to control the tow
    c. come up to speed very slowly and maintain a "safe speed"
    d. come up to speed quickly, then cut back power considerably to ease the strain
3530: Which is NOT a duty of a look-out?

    a. Refuse to talk to others, except as required by duty.
    b. Remain standing during your watch.
    c. Report every sighting.
    d. Supervise any deck work going on in the area.
3540: While on duty as a look-out, which other duty may you perform?

    a. Sweep down the fo'c'sle
    b. Paint any area near your station
    c. Overhaul a block, as long as it is at your look-out station
    d. None of the above
3541: You have orders to load cargoes of carbon disulfide, diisopropylamine and pyridine on your multi-product tankship. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. Carbon disulfide may be carried in NOS. 1 and 2 center tanks and diisopropylamine in NOS. 1 and 2 wing tanks.
    b. Pyridine and diisopropylamine may be carried in tanks having a common header vent.
    c. Carbon disulfide must be separated from pyridine by two barriers (cofferdams, voids, empty tanks, etc.).
    d. A tank of pyridine may be used to separate a tank of carbon disulfide from a tank of diisopropylamine.
3542: The Certificate of Inspection on a passenger vessel of over 100 gross tons must be posted __________.

    a. in the Master's office
    b. on the bridge
    c. in a conspicuous place where observation by the passengers is likely
    d. in the passengers' dining room or, where there is no dining room, in the lounge area
3544: Wire rope should be renewed when the __________.

    a. outer wires are rusted
    b. outer wires are worn to half their original diameter
    c. inner core appears dry
    d. certification period expires
3550: When can a look-out leave his duty station?

    a. 15 minutes before the end of the watch
    b. At the end of the watch
    c. When properly relieved
    d. At any time
3556: The choice of length of tow bridle legs is governed by the __________.

    a. expected towing forces
    b. capability of retrieving gear
    c. freeboard of the unit being towed
    d. need to reduce yaw
3560: What should look-outs report?

    a. Discolored water
    b. Shoals
    c. Floating objects
    d. All of the above
3561: A holder of a license as Operator of Uninspected Towing Vessels may work each 24 hours for a period not to exceed __________.

    a. 24 hours
    b. 18 hours
    c. 12 hours
    d. 6 hours
3562: The signal man assisting a crane operator has his arm extended with his fingers closed and thumb pointing upward. This is the signal to __________.

    a. raise the boom
    b. raise the hook
    c. raise the boom and hook
    d. check the boom stop
3564: The angle at which the fluke penetrates the soil is called the __________.

    a. fluke angle
    b. tripping angle
    c. penetration angle
    d. holding angle
3565: The safety stopper that prevents the anchor cable from running free if the cable jumps the wildcat is the __________.

    a. riding pawl
    b. devil's claw
    c. buckler plate
    d. spill pipe
3570: As look-out, you spot an object 45° off your port bow. You should report the object as __________.

    a. broad on the port bow
    b. 3 points on the port bow
    c. 3 points forward of the port beam
    d. on the port beam
3576: Heave is motion along the __________.

    a. longitudinal axis
    b. transverse axis
    c. vertical axis
    d. centerline axis
3580: You are standing the wheelwatch on entering port and the Master gives you a rudder command which conflicts with a rudder command from the Pilot. What should you do?

    a. Obey the Master.
    b. Obey the Pilot.
    c. Bring the rudder to a position midway between the two conflicting orders.
    d. Ask the Pilot if he relinquishes control.
3582: What term indicates the length measured along the summer load line from the intersection of that load line with the foreside of the stem and the intersection of that load line with the after side of the rudder post?

    a. Length overall
    b. Register length
    c. Length between perpendiculars
    d. Length on the waterline
3583: Indicated horsepower refers to a towing vessel's power which is __________.

    a. theoretically available
    b. measured on a test bed
    c. developed at the shaft
    d. measured by dynamometer
3584: The tripping palm is indicated by which letter? (D038DG )

    a. F
    b. G
    c. H
    d. J
3586: The last shot of an anchor cable is usually painted __________.

    a. white
    b. international orange
    c. yellow
    d. red
3587: Following a serious marine incident, a device to test an individuals breath can be used by __________.

    a. any individual trained to conduct such tests
    b. the marine employer
    c. qualified medical personnel only
    d. any USCG licensed deck officer
3588: Conventional anchors are least likely to hold in a bottom consisting of __________.

    a. soft clay
    b. hard mud
    c. sand
    d. rock
3589: A vessel has been surveyed in a foreign port and found unseaworthy as a result of neglect. A seaman on this vessel is entitled to discharge and __________.

    a. transportation to the port of engagement
    b. one month's pay only
    c. one month's pay or transportation to the nearest U.S. port, whichever is the least amount
    d. one month's pay or transportation to the nearest U.S. port, whichever is the greater amount
3590: When steering a vessel, a good helmsman does NOT __________.

    a. use as much rudder as possible to maintain course
    b. consider steering a vessel a highly responsible job
    c. use as little rudder as possible to maintain course
    d. advise his relief of the course being steered
3599: What term indicates the outward curvature of the hull above the waterline?

    a. sheer
    b. tumble home
    c. deadrise
    d. flare
3600: A helmsman receives the command "Right 15 degrees rudder." The helmsman's IMMEDIATE reply should be __________.

    a. "Aye Aye Sir"
    b. "Right 15 degrees rudder"
    c. "Rudder is right 15 degrees"
    d. No reply is necessary, just carry out the order
3602: What is the penalty for desertion?

    a. Fine of not more than 2000 dollars and forfeiture of wages
    b. Imprisonment for not more than 2 years and/or a fine of not more than 2000 dollars
    c. Revocation of Merchant Mariner's Document (and license if applicable) and forfeiture of wages due
    d. Forfeiture of money and property left on the vessel, and wages due
3604: The Jews' harp is indicated by which letter? (D038DG )

    a. K
    b. J
    c. H
    d. F
3606: A spreader bar is used to __________.

    a. increase the lifting capacity
    b. increase the lifting radius
    c. protect the slings
    d. protect the upper part of a load
3608: The horizontal port or starboard movement of a vessel is called __________.

    a. yaw
    b. sway
    c. surge
    d. heave
3610: You have a tow of chemical barges. The mate reports an ammonia smell around the head of the tow. You would suspect a leak in the barge carrying __________.

    a. methyl chloride
    b. heptane
    c. propanolamine
    d. morpholine
3612: Buckler plates are __________.

    a. triangular-shaped plates connecting the bull chain to the topping lift
    b. metal plates secured over the tops of the hawsepipes
    c. faired shell plates with curvature in two directions
    d. sheets of dunnage used to prevent heavy cargo from buckling the deck plates
3614: While you are on watch, you learn that a crewman has not been seen on board for the past three hours. Which type of turn is best in this man-overboard situation?

    a. Round
    b. Scharnow
    c. Racetrack
    d. Single turn of 180°
3616: A tug in irons is __________.

    a. rudder bound
    b. being tripped by the towline
    c. unable to maneuver
    d. broached
3631: The number of certificated able seamen and lifeboatmen required on board is listed in the __________.

    a. Certificate of Inspection
    b. American Bureau of Shipping code
    c. Muster List ("Station Bill")
    d. Safety of Life at Sea Convention
3632: You are lifting a one-ton weight with a swinging boom. When comparing the stresses on the rig with the boom at 20° to the horizontal to the stresses when the boom is at 60° to the horizontal, which statement is TRUE?

    a. The thrust on the boom is greater at 60°.
    b. The stress on the topping lift is greater at 60°.
    c. The stress on the heel block is less at 20°.
    d. The stress on the head block is less at 60°.
3644: You are drifting in a locale where there is no current. As a rule, your vessel will lie __________.

    a. bow to the wind
    b. beam to the wind
    c. stern to the wind
    d. with the wind on the quarter
3645: Conventional anchors are least likely to hold in a bottom consisting of __________.

    a. soft clay
    b. hard mud
    c. very soft mud
    d. sand
3652: You are lifting a one-ton weight with a swinging boom. When comparing the stresses in the rig with the boom at 20° to the horizontal to the stresses when the boom is at 60° to the horizontal, which statement is TRUE?

    a. The stress on the topping lift is greater at 60°.
    b. The thrust on the boom is greater at 20°.
    c. The stress on the heel block is less at 20°.
    d. The stress on the masthead fairlead for the topping lift is greater at 20°.
3654: Horizontal transverse motion of a vessel is known as __________.

    a. pitch
    b. surge
    c. sway
    d. heave
3662: Unless extremely flexible wire rope is used, the sheave diameter should always be as large as possible, but should never be less than __________.

    a. 20 times the rope diameter
    b. 10 times the rope diameter
    c. 2 times the rope diameter
    d. the rope diameter
3680: What is the penalty for willfully damaging cargo?

    a. Forfeiture of wages equal to the value of the damage and, if ordered by the court, imprisonment for not more than 12 months
    b. Fine equal to the value of the damage plus a 1000 dollar penalty and/or imprisonment not to exceed 2 years
    c. Fine not to exceed the value of the damage and/or imprisonment not to exceed 18 months
    d. Revocation of Merchant Mariner's Document (and license if applicable), fine equal to the value of the damage or imprisonment for not more than 2 years
3681: While you are on watch entering port, the Master gives the helmsman a rudder command which conflicts with a rudder command from the Pilot. You should make sure the helmsman __________.

    a. obeys the Pilot
    b. obeys the Master
    c. asks you for instructions
    d. brings the rudder to a point midway between the two conflicting positions
3682: The boom indicator tells the operator at what angle the boom is compared to the __________.

    a. horizontal position of the boom
    b. vertical position of the boom
    c. horizontal position of the load being lifted
    d. vertical position of the load being lifted
3684: In towing, heaving lines are used for __________.

    a. passing a tow bridle to the tug
    b. passing a messenger line
    c. heaving in the tow bridle
    d. service lines with rocket line throwers
3686: If the towline parts, you should __________.

    a. start pushing ahead
    b. abandon the towing vessel
    c. retrieve the tow bridle
    d. relieve strain on the retrieving line
3689: The wildcat is linked to the central drive shaft on most windlasses by __________.

    a. an electromagnetic brake
    b. a hydraulic coupling
    c. aligning the keyways on both and inserting a key
    d. a mechanical coupling where lugs engage detents
3690: The part of the anchor indicated by the letter I is the __________. (D038DG )

    a. tripping palm
    b. fluke
    c. bill
    d. stock
3691: On the cargo manifest, the gross weight of a box containing cargo is the weight of the __________.

    a. cargo
    b. box
    c. cargo and box
    d. rate weight
3692: What provides little or no indication that a vessel is dragging anchor?

    a. Increasing radar range to a fixed object ahead
    b. Drift lead with the line leading perpendicular to the centerline
    c. Vibrations felt by placing a hand on the anchor cable
    d. Changing bearings to distant fixed objects abeam
3693: When the Pilot is embarked he or she __________.

    a. relieves the Master of his duties
    b. is solely responsible for the safe navigation of the vessel
    c. is a specialist hired for his or her local navigational knowledge
    d. relieves the officer of the watch
3694: Your enrolled vessel is bound from Baltimore, MD, to Norfolk, VA, via Chesapeake Bay. Which statement about the required pilot is TRUE?

    a. The pilot must be licensed by Virginia or Maryland.
    b. The Pilot must be licensed by either Virginia or Maryland.
    c. The Pilot must be licensed by Virginia, Maryland and the Coast Guard.
    d. The Pilot need only by licensed by the Coast Guard.
3710: A new crewman reports on board. He must be trained in the use of the ship's lifesaving appliances within what time period?

    a. 2 months
    b. 1 month
    c. 2 weeks
    d. Before sailing
3712: When should a crane boom-up so high that the boom hits the stops?

    a. Only if the load has not exceeded the limit at that angle
    b. Only if the load contains non-hazardous materials
    c. Only if necessary to perform a given lift
    d. Never
3719: Besides saving distance along the track line, another advantage of the Scharnow Turn over the Williamson Turn in a man overboard situation is because __________.

    a. it is faster
    b. it can be used in both the immediate action and the delayed action situations
    c. in fog, if the turn is started as soon as the man goes over, the vessel will be at the point where he went over when the turn is completed
    d. it returns the vessel to the original track line on a reciprocal course
3722: The next-to-last shot of an anchor cable is usually painted __________.

    a. white
    b. international orange
    c. yellow
    d. red
3724: What part of the ground tackle is the most likely to develop fractures due to extensive anchor use?

    a. Anchor shank
    b. Swivel
    c. Jews' harp
    d. Fluke
3726: You are lifting a one-ton weight with a swinging boom. When comparing the stresses on the rig with the boom at 20° to the horizontal to the stresses when the boom is at 60° to the horizontal, which statement is TRUE?

    a. The angle of elevation does not change the stresses in the masthead fairlead for the topping lift.
    b. The stress on the head block is greater at 60°.
    c. The stress on the heel block is greater at 60°.
    d. The thrust on the boom is greater at 20°.
3728: The main reason a long towline is used during an ocean tow is that __________.

    a. a margin of safety is provided should the line part
    b. the towline will wear more evenly
    c. there will be less stress on the towline
    d. a slight increase in speed will be realized
3740: Instructions to the crew in the use of all the ship's lifesaving equipment shall be completed __________.

    a. before sailing
    b. within one week of sailing
    c. in one month and repeated quarterly
    d. within any two month period
3742: It is good practice to use long towlines for ocean tows because the __________.

    a. wear on the towline is equalized
    b. weight of the towline increases the towing force
    c. dip in the towline absorbs shock loads
    d. danger of overriding is reduced
3770: SOLAS requires a lifesaving training manual be provided in each crew cabin or in the __________.

    a. bridge
    b. engineering control station
    c. recreation and messrooms
    d. fire control room
3776: The tankship Northland is loaded as shown. Use the salmon colored pages in the Stability Data Reference Book to determine the sagging numeral. (Get Table Data)

    a. 29.70 numeral
    b. 33.63 numeral
    c. 49.82 numeral
    d. 58.33 numeral
3790: The locking pin that joins the parts of a detachable link is held in position by __________.

    a. a tack weld
    b. the self-locking characteristics of its taper
    c. a cotter pin
    d. a lead plug
3820: When making a Scharnow turn, the __________.

    a. rudder must be put over towards the side the man went over
    b. initial turn direction is away from the side the man went over
    c. rudder is put hard over and the initial turn is maintained until about 240° from the original course
    d. man overboard must be not more than 300 feet astern when starting the turn
3840: You are lifting a one-ton weight with a swinging boom. When comparing the stresses on the rig with the boom at 20° to the horizontal to the stresses when the boom is at 60° to the horizontal, which statement is true?

    a. The thrust on the boom is greater at 20°.
    b. The stress on the topping lift is greater at 60°.
    c. The stress on the heel block is less at 60°.
    d. The change in angle of elevation has no effect on the stresses in the head block.
3938: With a given load on the cargo hook, tension in a single span topping lift __________.

    a. increases as the boom's angle to the horizontal increases
    b. is at a maximum when the boom is at a 45° angle to the horizontal
    c. increases as the boom's angle to the horizontal decreases
    d. decreases as the boom's angle to the horizontal decreases
3950: In general, an unreinforced vessel can safely navigate in ice provided the concentration does not exceed how many OKTAs?

    a. 1
    b. 2
    c. 3
    d. 4
3960: The line with the most stretch is __________.

    a. manila
    b. nylon
    c. polypropylene
    d. dacron
3982: Fairleads perform the same function as __________.

    a. deadeyes
    b. bollards
    c. bitts
    d. chocks
4006: No hot work shall be performed on board a vessel with hazardous materials as cargo unless the work is approved by the __________.

    a. American Bureau of Shipping
    b. local U.S. Coast Guard Captain of the Port
    c. National Cargo Bureau
    d. harbormaster
4007: You are the operator of a towing vessel which collides with a buoy and drags it off station. What should you do if the damage to your vessel is not serious?

    a. Immediately notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Inspection Office and no further action is necessary.
    b. If the buoy is afloat, no action is necessary.
    c. Wait one week and submit form CG-2692 to the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Inspection Office.
    d. Immediately notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Inspection Office and then submit form CG-2692.
4009: What is used to prevent twisting of a towing bridle?

    a. A bitt
    b. A bulkhead
    c. A V-spring
    d. A fishplate
4010: You have completed a crude oil wash. What action should be taken with the oil in the lines running to the washing machines?

    a. Open a COW nozzle forward and one aft and drain the line into the after tank by gravity
    b. Blow the line out using compressed air
    c. Pull a suction using the supply line pump
    d. Close off all valves in the system and leave the oil in the line primed for the next crude oil wash
4011: Under defense plans, operation of electronic aids may be temporarily suspended with __________.

    a. thirty (30) day's notice
    b. a week's notice
    c. one day's notice
    d. no notice
4012: The purpose of item G is to __________. (D024DG )

    a. distribute the vessel's thrust over a wider area
    b. prevent the towboat from capsizing if item I should part
    c. prevent the knee from shifting when the rudder is put hard over
    d. keep the barges from shifting fore and aft
4013: What is the minimum size required before a vessel can be documented?

    a. 26 feet; end-to-end over the deck excluding sheer
    b. 100 gross tons
    c. 5 net tons
    d. 26 feet between perpendiculars
4014: The facewire refers to item __________. (D024DG )

    a. I
    b. H
    c. B
    d. A
4016: Which statement is TRUE concerning weather conditions on the Great Lakes?

    a. When a vessel is south of an eastward-moving storm center, the approach of the low is evidenced by winds from the north to northeast.
    b. When a vessel is north of an eastward-moving storm center, changes in the weather are less distinctive than when sailing south of the center.
    c. The most destructive storms usually come from the northwest or north.
    d. Thunderstorms are most likely to develop from November through April.
4018: The BEST holding ground for conventional anchors is __________.

    a. sand
    b. very soft mud
    c. shale
    d. rock
4020: You are on a tankship discharging oil. When all of the oil that the main cargo pumps can handle is pumped out of a tank, the remainder is __________.

    a. stripped out and pumped directly ashore into the mainline as the remaining cargo tanks are pumped out with the main pumps
    b. stripped to one tank and then pumped out with the main pumps
    c. stripped out and pumped directly ashore after all the tanks have been emptied by the main pumps
    d. gravitated to the centers from the wings and pumped out with the main pumps
4022: Your vessel is being assisted through an ice field in Thunder Bay by the Canadian Coast Guard icebreaker Alexander Henry. The starboard lookout reports that the icebreaker has run up the code flag "N" (November). What action should you take?

    a. Reduce speed
    b. Stop your engines
    c. Reverse your engines
    d. Stop your vessel instantly
4024: An icebreaker displaying a flag hoist which consists of the code letters "WO" (Whiskey Oscar) is indicating that __________.

    a. icebreaker support is finished
    b. icebreaker support is commencing
    c. the icebreaker is icebound
    d. the icebreaker is beset
4026: One of the greatest hazards of pushing ahead is parting which item shown? (D024DG )

    a. A
    b. B
    c. F
    d. I
4028: Which statement about the carriage of coal is true?

    a. Most problems with spontaneous combustion will occur within 72 hours of loading and after that the risk decreases.
    b. Wet coal is more liable to spontaneous heating than dry coal.
    c. Coal absorbs nitrogen from the air which reacts with methane and causes spontaneous heating.
    d. Freshly worked coal is more dangerous than weathered coal.
4029: Which statement is TRUE concerning toluene?

    a. Its Reid Vapor Pressure is 9.4.
    b. The boiling point is 174°F.
    c. It is an aromatic hydrocarbon.
    d. It is classified as a grade A flammable liquid.
4030: While discharging a cargo, the stripping of the tanks falls behind schedule. This would indicate the __________.

    a. main pumps are working at a high discharge pressure
    b. main pumps are leaving too much oil in the tanks
    c. stripping pump is not primed
    d. stripping line is cross-connected to the main line
4032: The pivot pin at the base of a sheath-screw boom davit must be __________.

    a. inserted each time before the booms are cranked out
    b. periodically removed for inspection and lubricated
    c. replaced at each inspection for certification
    d. in the locked position after the boat is cradled and griped down
4034: The signal man assisting the crane operator has his arm extended downwards, forefinger pointing down, and moves his hand in small horizontal circles. This is the signal to __________.

    a. lower
    b. swing
    c. hoist
    d. extend
4036: When a cargo boom or crane is rated at varying capacities, there will be a table at the controls which relates safe working load to __________.

    a. winch speed
    b. boom strength
    c. load radius
    d. cable strength
4038: Which cargo would require a dangerous cargo manifest?

    a. Cotton
    b. Wheat
    c. Sugar
    d. Lumber
4040: When towing another vessel astern, the length of the towline should be __________.

    a. as long as possible
    b. such that one vessel will be on a crest while the other is in a trough
    c. such that the vessels will be "in step"
    d. not over two wave lengths in seas up to 10 feet
4042: You are on a 120,000 DWT loaded bulk carrier. What is the maximum safe docking speed when coming alongside?

    a. 0.1 foot per second (0.06 knot)
    b. 0.2 foot per second (0.12 knot)
    c. 0.5 foot per second (0.30 knot)
    d. 0.75 foot per second (0.44 knot)
4043: When backing down with sternway, the pivot point of a vessel is __________.

    a. aft of the propellers
    b. about one-quarter of the vessel's length from the stern
    c. about one-third of the vessel's length from the bow
    d. at the bow
4044: You are arriving in port and are assigned to anchor in anchorage circle B-4. It has a diameter of 500 yards and your vessel's LOA is 484 feet. If you anchor in 8 fathoms at the center of the circle, what is the maximum number of shots of chain you can use and still remain in the circle?

    a. 6 shots
    b. 5 shots
    c. 4 shots
    d. 3 shots
4046: Which statement about tunnel bow thrusters fitted to large vessels is TRUE?

    a. They are effective on most vessels at speeds up to 10 knots.
    b. Because of their location, most modern installations have as much power as a tug.
    c. They are fully effective at all drafts.
    d. When going astern at slow speed, they provide effective steering control.
4047: Your vessel is to dock bow in at a pier. Which line will be the most useful when maneuvering the vessel alongside the pier?

    a. Inshore head line
    b. Bow spring line
    c. Stern breast line
    d. Bow breast line
4048: You are arriving in port and are assigned to anchor in anchorage circle B-4. It has a diameter of 600 yards and your vessel's LOA is 525 feet. If you anchor in 10 fathoms at the center of the circle, what is the maximum number of shots of chain you can use and still remain in the circle?

    a. 4 shots
    b. 5 shots
    c. 6 shots
    d. 7 shots
4049: Tugs sometimes shackle a length of chain in the towline in order to __________.

    a. take the wear should the towline drag bottom
    b. assure that if the towline is overstressed it will part close to the bridle
    c. prevent the towline from whipping should it part
    d. put spring in the towline
4050: You are on a 120,000 DWT loaded bulk carrier. When anchoring without the aid of tugs, your maximum speed should not exceed how many feet per second?

    a. 0.5 (0.3 knot)
    b. 1.0 (0.6 knot)
    c. 1.3 (0.8 knot)
    d. 1.75 (1.0 knot)
4051: You are the operator of an uninspected vessel which is involved in an accident. You are not required to assist people affected by the accident if __________.

    a. the other vessel did not appear to be sinking
    b. it would unduly delay your voyage
    c. the other vessel was at fault
    d. it would cause serious danger to your vessel
4052: You are arriving in port and are assigned to anchor in anchorage circle B-4. It has a diameter of 700 yards and your vessel's LOA is 600 feet. If you anchor in 11 fathoms at the center of the circle, what is the maximum number of shots of chain can use and still remain in the circle?

    a. 4 shots
    b. 5 shots
    c. 6 shots
    d. 7 shots
4053: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and wish to send a message by rapid transmission which does not require a higher precedence. Which precedence would you give this message?

    a. O (IMMEDIATE)
    b. P (PRIORITY)
    c. R (ROUTINE)
    d. Z (FLASH)
4054: "Hanging a barge off" means to __________.

    a. moor a damaged barge to the bank and leave
    b. remove and deliver a loaded barge from a multiple tow
    c. remove a barge while locking through
    d. tow an empty barge astern
4056: The tankship Northland is loaded as shown. Use the salmon colored pages in the Stability Data Reference Book to determine the sagging numeral. (Get Table Data)

    a. 89.75 numeral
    b. 40.18 numeral
    c. 28.62 numeral
    d. 22.44 numeral
4057: Your vessel is to dock bow in at a pier without the assistance of tugboats. Which line will be the most useful when maneuvering the vessel alongside the pier?

    a. Bow spring line
    b. Inshore head line
    c. Stern breast line
    d. Bow breast line
4058: Your vessel is equipped with mechanical davits. When stowing the lifeboat after a drill while underway, you should __________.

    a. leave the tricing pendants slack
    b. ensure the falls are taut
    c. leave the outboard part of the cradle in the down position
    d. secure the inboard gripes only
4059: A 750 foot passenger vessel operating on the Great Lakes, not subject to SOLAS regulations, is required to carry how many ring life buoys?

    a. 24
    b. 18
    c. 12
    d. 6
4060: You are arriving in port and are assigned to anchor in anchorage circle B-4. It has a diameter of 550 yards and your vessel's LOA is 449 feet. If you anchor in 9 fathoms at the center of the circle, what is the maximum number of shots of chain you can use and still remain in the circle?

    a. 6 shots
    b. 5 shots
    c. 4 shots
    d. 3 shots
4061: The two factors which make underwater hull repair difficult are accessibility and the __________.

    a. availability of tools
    b. shape of the hull
    c. pressure exerted by the water
    d. threat of progressive flooding
4062: The signal man assisting the crane operator has his forearm vertical, forefinger pointing up, and moves his hand in a small horizontal circle. This is the signal to __________.

    a. swing
    b. lower
    c. hoist
    d. extend
4063: The knot at the end of the heaving line used to pass the towing hawser is called a __________.

    a. monkey's fist
    b. ball or baseball knot
    c. heaving knot
    d. three strand Turk's head
4064: Which statement concerning castor oil is TRUE?

    a. It has a Reid vapor pressure of 9.5.
    b. It has a specific gravity of 1.3.
    c. The boiling point is 215°F (102°C).
    d. It is a grade E combustible liquid.
4066: What is the MOST irritating to the skin?

    a. Carbon disulfide
    b. Ethyl alcohol
    c. Isoprene
    d. Oleum
4067: When steering a vessel, a good helmsman does NOT __________.

    a. use as little rudder as possible to maintain course
    b. advise his relief of the course being steered
    c. consider steering a vessel a highly responsible job
    d. use as much rudder as possible to maintain course
4068: What produces the MOST dangerous vapors?

    a. Anhydrous ammonia
    b. Camphor oil
    c. Methyl alcohol
    d. Pentane
4069: The horizontal fore-and-aft movement of a vessel is called __________.

    a. yaw
    b. sway
    c. heave
    d. surge
4070: Small floes of rough, hummocky sea ice capable of damaging a vessel __________.

    a. can usually be detected by radar in a smooth sea at a range of 4 to 6 kilometers
    b. are indistinguishable from sea return on the PPI
    c. are invisible to radar when covered with a thick layer of snow
    d. are usually seen at night before they are close enough to provide a radar echo
4071: The head block is located___________.

    a. at the base of the boom
    b. at the head of the boom
    c. at the head of the mast
    d. on top of the jack staff
4072: How should you signal the crane operator to stop in an emergency?

    a. Extend arm with the palm down and hold this position rigidly.
    b. Place clasped hands in front of your body.
    c. Extend arm and move hand rapidly right and left with the palm down.
    d. Place both fists in front of the body with the thumbs pointing outward.
4088: With a given load on the cargo hook, the thrust on a cargo boom __________.

    a. increases as the angle to the horizontal increases
    b. increases as the angle to the horizontal decreases
    c. is greatest at an angle of 45° and decreases as the boom is raised or lowered
    d. is least at an angle of 45° and increases as the boom is raised or lowered
4090: The BEST holding ground for conventional anchors is_____.

    a. very soft mud
    b. hard mud
    c. shale
    d. rock
4091: The turning circle of a vessel making a turn of over 360 degrees is the path followed by the __________.

    a. bow
    b. center of gravity
    c. centerline
    d. bridge
4092: To reconnect a broken tow line, it is better to use a polypropylene messenger line because it __________.

    a. has great strength
    b. is very supple
    c. floats
    d. absorbs shock by stretching
4096: Yawing is angular motion of the vessel about what axis?

    a. Longitudinal
    b. Transverse
    c. Vertical
    d. Centerline
4101: Which of the following is a characteristic of a Ro-Ro vessel?

    a. Passenger tours available upon docking
    b. Long port stays necessary to secure vehicles
    c. Short in port turnaround times
    d. Heavy vehicles only require lightweight securing equipment
4102: What characterizes a Ro-Ro vessel?

    a. May carry up to 24 passengers
    b. High freeboard and sail area
    c. Long port stays required for cargo securing
    d. Lightweight securing equipment trailers
4103: Which of the following is not a loading or transfer feature aboard a Ro-Ro vessel?

    a. Stern ramp and/or side ramp
    b. Cargo lift
    c. Hatch opening designed as a lift
    d. Stuelcken boom
4104: The primary objective of a Ro-Ro vessel is to __________.

    a. transfer containers without chassis
    b. load the vessel with palletized cargo
    c. transport vehicles
    d. be loaded full and down to her marks
4105: Cargo that is suitable for carriage on Ro-Ro vessels includes __________.

    a. trailers
    b. rolling vehicles
    c. containers
    d. All of the above
4106: Which of the following are considered to be "road vehicles" that can be carried on Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. Semi-trailer
    b. Road train
    c. Articulated road train
    d. All of the above
4107: Which of the following are considered to be "road vehicles" that can be carried on Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. Semi-trailer
    b. Train
    c. Articulated train
    d. All of the above
4108: Any vehicle to be loaded aboard a Ro-Ro vessel must __________.

    a. weigh less than 22 tons
    b. be provided with an effective braking system
    c. have securing points with each aperture capable of accepting more than one lashing
    d. All of the above
4109: Which operating procedure(s) should be adhered to on a Ro-Ro vessel?

    a. One officer assigned to oversee the initial loading and lashing
    b. All lashings should be completed before leaving port
    c. Periodic inspection and retensioning of lashings during the voyage
    d. All of the above
4110: Which standard operating procedure(s) should be adhered to on a Ro-Ro vessel?

    a. Periodic inspection and retensioning of lashings as required during voyage
    b. Battery cables must be disconnected to prevent fire hazard
    c. One deck engine mechanic assigned to oversee the initial loading and lashing
    d. All of the above
4111: What is(are) standard operating procedure(s) used on a Ro-Ro vessel?

    a. Two deck officers assigned to oversee the initial loading and lashing
    b. Lashings may be completed after leaving port
    c. Periodic inspection and retensioning of lashings as required during voyage
    d. All of the above
4112: What is(are) standard operating procedure(s) used on a Ro-Ro vessel?

    a. One engineer officer assigned to oversee the initial loading and lashing
    b. Cargo lashings may be removed at sea for maintenance
    c. Periodic inspection and retensioning of lashings during the voyage
    d. All of the above
4113: What is(are) standard operating procedure(s) used on a Ro-Ro vessel?

    a. Periodic inspection and retensioning of lashings as required during voyage
    b. Lashings may be completed after the vessel leaves port
    c. One QMED assigned to oversee the initial loading and lashing
    d. All of the above
4114: When accepting vehicles for shipment, the Master should ensure that __________.

    a. all decks intended for the stowage of vehicles are, in so far as is practicable, free from oil and grease
    b. the ship has on board an adequate supply of cargo securing gear, which is maintained in sound working condition
    c. vehicles are in apparent good order and condition suitable for sea transport, particularly with regards to securing
    d. All of the above
4115: Entries should be made in a Ro-Ro vessel’s cargo-securing device record book for __________.

    a. procedures for accepting cargo securing devices
    b. procedures for maintaining and repairing cargo-securing devices
    c. record of cargo securing device inspections
    d. All of the above
4116: Onboard a Ro-Ro vessel many decks are used for the carriage of both rolling and container cargoes, as such it is most useful if a deck socket accepts both __________.

    a. twist-Locks and lashing hooks
    b. container locks and bridge fittings
    c. bridge fittings and lashing hooks
    d. twist-locks and container locks
4117: Cargo securing for Ro-Ro is based on the concept of __________.

    a. solid packing
    b. rapid loading and discharge
    c. vessel loaded full and down to her marks
    d. palletized cargo
4118: Which factor(s) affect lashing requirements aboard Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. Ship’s characteristics and motion in a seaway
    b. Trim of the vessel
    c. Wide variations of air temperature
    d. All of the above
4119: The securing of passenger cars on a Ro-Ro vessel requires __________.

    a. simple and lightweight equipment
    b. low labor intensive equipment
    c. specially designed equipment to avoid vehicle damage
    d. All of the above
4120: Which of the following is considered auxiliary securing equipment that provides extra reliability to lashing in Ro-Ro transport operations?

    a. Trailer trestles
    b. Pedestals
    c. Wheel chocks
    d. All of the above
4121: The lashings used on Ro-Ro vessels should be capable of withstanding the forces of __________.

    a. rolling
    b. pitching
    c. heaving
    d. All of the above
4122: The lashings used on Ro-Ro vessels should be capable of withstanding the forces of __________.

    a. pitching and heaving
    b. rolling
    c. any force of gravity acting on the lashes
    d. All of the above
4123: The lashings used on Ro-Ro vessels should be capable of withstanding the forces of __________.

    a. any force of gravity acting on the lashes
    b. rolling
    c. pitching
    d. All of the above
4124: Which variable factor affects the initial lashing requirements aboard Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. Vessel's draft
    b. Center of gravity of vehicle or cargo unit
    c. Changes in humidity
    d. Age of vehicle or cargo unit
4125: Which variable factor affects the initial lashing requirements aboard Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. Age of vehicle or cargo unit
    b. Size and weight of vehicle/cargo unit
    c. Reputation of shipper concerning condition of cargo
    d. Air pressure in the vehicles tires
4126: Which variable factor affects the initial lashing requirements aboard Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. Number, position and angle of lashings
    b. Vessel's draft
    c. Port of origin
    d. ABS requirements
4127: Which lashing device(s) would be used in securing heavy vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. Buckle or ratchet tensioner
    b. Webbing
    c. Chain
    d. All of the above
4128: Which of the following lashing materials would be used in securing heavy vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. Chain lever or turnbuckle
    b. Webbing
    c. Buckle or ratchet tensioner
    d. All of the above
4129: Which lashing materials would be used in securing light vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. Chain lever or turnbuckle
    b. Webbing
    c. Chain
    d. None of the above
4130: Which lashing material is preferred when securing new cars aboard Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. Chain lever or turnbuckle
    b. Webbing
    c. Wire
    d. None of the above
4131: What is used when securing light vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. Buckle or ratchet tensioner
    b. Chain
    c. Wire
    d. Manila rope
4132: What is used when securing heavy vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. Buckle or ratchet tensioner
    b. Webbing
    c. Manila rope
    d. None of these
4133: What is used when securing light vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. Chain lever or turnbuckle
    b. Chain
    c. Wire
    d. None of these
4134: What may NOT be used when securing heavy vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. Chain lever
    b. Turnbuckle
    c. Webbing
    d. Chain
4135: An advantage of using chain lashing on heavy vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels is that it __________.

    a. has long life
    b. is light weight
    c. absorbs shock
    d. has fine adjustment
4136: A disadvantage of using chain lashing on heavy vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels is that it __________.

    a. can wrap around cargo
    b. is easily damaged
    c. is affected by temperature
    d. does not absorb shock
4137: A disadvantage of using chain lashing on heavy vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels is that it is __________.

    a. heavy
    b. easily damaged
    c. affected by temperature
    d. costly relative to the strength ratio
4138: The disadvantage(s) of using chain lashing on heavy vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels is that __________.

    a. it is heavy
    b. the links lose strength if placed over corners
    c. it does not absorb shock
    d. All of the above
4139: A disadvantage of using chain lashing on heavy vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels is that __________.

    a. it is easily damaged
    b. it is affected by temperature
    c. the links lose strength if placed over corners
    d. it has high initial cost
4140: The disadvantage(s) of using web lashing on light vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels is that it __________.

    a. deteriorates in sunlight
    b. cuts on sharp edges
    c. is vulnerable to damage and pilferage
    d. All of the above
4141: What is/are the advantage(s) of using web lashing on light vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. Good working life
    b. Light and easy to handle
    c. Flexible
    d. All of the above
4142: The advantage(s) of using wire rope lashing on vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels is that it __________.

    a. is Lighter than chain
    b. has a good working life
    c. is not affected by temperature
    d. All of the above
4143: Which tensioning device is used with wire rope lashing to secure vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. Chain lever
    b. Buckle tensioner
    c. Adjust-a-matic tensioner
    d. Ratchet tensioner
4144: Which tensioning device is used with chain to secure heavy vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. Chain lever
    b. Buckle tensioner
    c. Adjust-a-matic tensioner
    d. Ratchet tensioner
4145: Which tensioning device is used with webbing to secure light vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. Chain lever
    b. Turnbuckle
    c. Adjust-a-matic tensioner
    d. Ratchet tensioner
4146: Which of the following tensioning devices is used with webbing to secure light vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. Chain lever
    b. Buckle tensioner
    c. Adjust-a-matic tensioner
    d. Turnbuckle
4147: Which tensioning device is used with wire rope lashing to secure vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. Chain lever.
    b. Adjust-a-matic tensioner
    c. Buckle tensioner
    d. Ratchet tensioner
4148: Which tensioning device is used with chain to secure heavy vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. Ratchet tensioner
    b. Buckle tensioner
    c. Adjust-a-matic tensioner
    d. Turnbuckle
4149: Which of the following statements is TRUE regarding lashing requirements to secure vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. The securing of cargo on flats and trailers must be adequate to withstand road motions only.
    b. The movements experienced by road borne cargo are the same as the movements of a ship at sea.
    c. The generally recommended lash angle is no greater than 45 degrees relative to the deck in any direction.
    d. It is not necessary for an adequate number of securing points on the vehicles themselves since setting the brakes is sufficient.
4150: Which of the following is/are TRUE regarding lashing requirements to secure vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. The securing of cargo on flats and trailers and in containers must be adequate to withstand both road and sea motions
    b. The generally recommended lash angle cannot be greater than 45 degrees relative to the deck in any direction.
    c. It is necessary for an adequate number of securing points on the vehicles themselves in order that lashings may be properly and safely utilized.
    d. All the above
4151: Which of the following statements is TRUE regarding lashing requirements to secure vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. It is NOT imperative that the securing of cargo on flats and trailers and in containers be adequate for BOTH road and sea motions.
    b. The generally recommended lash angle should not be greater than 45 degrees relative to the deck in any direction.
    c. For effective securing vehicles should be stowed athwartships whenever possible.
    d. It is not necessary to lash automobiles since setting the brakes is sufficient to keep them from moving.
4152: Which of the following statement(s) is/are TRUE regarding lashing requirements to secure vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. It is imperative that the securing of cargo on flats and trailers and in containers be adequate for both road and sea motions.
    b. The movements experienced by road borne cargo differ significantly from the roll and sway movements of a ship at sea.
    c. It is necessary for adequate number and strength of securing points on the vehicles themselves in order that lashings may be properly and safely utilized.
    d. All the above
4153: What should you be concerned with when loading and securing vehicles on a Ro-Ro?

    a. Number, position and angle of lashes
    b. Number of axles
    c. Disconnecting the battery cables to prevent fire hazard
    d. Minor air pressure changes in the tires
4154: What should you be concerned with when loading and securing vehicles aboard a Ro-Ro vessel?

    a. That all fuel is drained from the vehicles' tanks to prevent fire hazard
    b. The size, weight, and center of gravity of vehicle/cargo unit
    c. The preferred stowage of vehicles is athwartships wherever possible
    d. The vehicles' brakes should not be set to allow for adjusting the lashings
4155: Which factor(s) should be considered when loading vehicles or trailers aboard Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. Layout of decks
    b. Vertical clearances
    c. Tie-down and lashing
    d. All of the above
4156: Which element(s) should be taken into account in the preparation of the "Cargo Securing Manual"?

    a. Weight of the vehicles
    b. Geographical area of the voyage
    c. Dynamic forces under adverse weather conditions
    d. All of the above
4157: Which of the following element(s) should be taken into account in the preparation of the "Cargo Securing Manual"?

    a. Duration of the voyage
    b. Types of cargo units and vehicles to be carried
    c. Weight of cargo units and vehicles
    d. All of the above
4158: Which of the following element(s) should be taken into account in the preparation of the "Cargo Securing Manual"?

    a. Weight of cargo units and vehicles
    b. Types of cargo units and vehicles to be carried
    c. Dynamic forces under adverse weather conditions
    d. All of the above
4159: According to the IMO Code, what are the minimum number of securing points that should be on each side of a "road vehicle", whose gross vehicle mass is between 3.5 Tons and 20 Tons, when carried on Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. One
    b. Two
    c. Three
    d. Four
4160: According to the IMO Code, what are the minimum number of securing points that should be on each side of a "road vehicle", whose gross vehicle mass is between 20 tons and 30 tons, when carried on Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. One
    b. Two
    c. Three
    d. Four
4161: According to the IMO Code, what are the minimum number of securing points that should be on each side of a "road vehicle", whose gross vehicle mass is between 30 tons and 40 tons, when carried on Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. One
    b. Two
    c. Three
    d. Four
4162: According to the IMO Code, what are the minimum number of securing points that should be on each side of a "road vehicle", whose gross vehicle mass is between 3.5 tons and 20 tons, when carried on Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. One
    b. Two
    c. Three
    d. None of the above
4163: According to the IMO Code, what are the minimum number of securing points that should be on each side of a "road vehicle", whose gross vehicle mass is between 20 tons and 30 tons, when carried on Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. One
    b. Two
    c. Three
    d. None of the above
4164: According to the IMO Code, what are the minimum number of securing points that should be on each side of a "road vehicle", whose gross vehicle mass is between 30 tons and 40 tons, when carried on Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. One
    b. Two
    c. Three
    d. None of the above
4164: According to the IMO Code, what are the minimum number of securing points that should be on each side of a "road vehicle", whose gross vehicle mass is between 30 tons and 40 tons, when carried on Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. One
    b. Two
    c. Three
    d. None of the above
4171: While loading or discharging vehicles, which is the most important safety consideration aboard a Ro-Ro vessel?

    a. Preventing the asphyxiation of personnel below decks
    b. Notifying the engine room prior to completing operations
    c. Calling out the deck department for all hands periodically
    d. Ensuring that a fuel barge cannot come alongside
4172: What should be done after putting down the ramp on a Ro-Ro vessel, prior to loading or discharging cargo?

    a. Turn on red cargo light.
    b. Turn on ventilation for cargo holds.
    c. Call out the deck department for all hands.
    d. None of the above
4173: What should be done before energizing the cargo hold ventilation on a Ro-Ro vessel, prior to loading or discharging cargo?

    a. Call out the deck department for all hands.
    b. Notify the boarding agent.
    c. Notify the engine room.
    d. All of the above
4174: What should be done immediately after putting down the stern ramp on a Ro-Ro vessel, prior to loading or discharging cargo?

    a. Turn on the red cargo light.
    b. Turn on pumproom ventilation.
    c. Call out the deck department for all hands.
    d. Raise/open the stern door.
4175: Which of the following is NOT necessary, prior to loading or discharging cargo on a Ro-Ro vessel?

    a. Turn on ventilation for cargo holds.
    b. Lower the stern ramp.
    c. Turn on the red cargo light.
    d. Raise/open the stern door.
4177: Which of the following actions are stated in the correct order prior to loading or discharging cargo on a Ro-Ro vessel?

    a. Turn on ventilation for cargo holds, lower the stern ramp, raise/open the stern door
    b. Turn on ventilation for cargo holds, raise/open the stern door, lower the stern ramp
    c. Lower the stern ramp, raise/open the stern door, turn on ventilation for cargo holds
    d. Raise/open the stern door, lower the stern ramp, turn on ventilation for cargo holds
4178: Which of the following actions are stated in the correct order prior to loading or discharging cargo on a Ro-Ro vessel?

    a. Lower the stern ramp, raise/open the stern door, turn on ventilation for cargo holds
    b. Turn on ventilation for cargo holds, raise/open the stern door, lower the stern ramp
    c. Turn on ventilation for cargo holds, lower the stern ramp, raise/open the stern door
    d. Raise/open the stern door, lower the stern ramp, turn on ventilation for cargo holds
4179: Which of the following actions are stated in the correct order prior to loading or discharging cargo on a Ro-Ro vessel?

    a. Raise/open stern door, lower the stern ramp, turn on ventilation for cargo holds
    b. Turn on ventilation for cargo holds, raise/open the stern door, lower the stern ramp
    c. Turn on ventilation for cargo holds, lower the stern ramp, raise/open the stern door
    d. Lower the stern ramp, raise/open the stern door, turn on ventilation for cargo holds
4180: Which of the following actions are stated in the correct order prior to loading or discharging cargo on a Ro-Ro vessel?

    a. Raise/open stern door, lower the stern ramp, turn on ventilation for cargo holds
    b. Lower the stern ramp, raise/open stern door, turn on ventilation for cargo holds
    c. Turn on ventilation for cargo holds, lower the stern ramp, raise/open stern door
    d. Turn on ventilation for cargo holds, raise/open stern door, lower the stern ramp
4181: Which lashing gear used aboard Ro-Ro vessels should be painted or soaked in oil when not in use?

    a. Wire rope.
    b. Chain
    c. Webbing
    d. All of the above
4182: Which lashing gear used aboard Ro-Ro vessels should be painted or soaked in oil when not in use?

    a. Chain
    b. Wire rope
    c. Webbing
    d. All of the above
4183: Which of the following lashing gear used aboard Ro-Ro vessels should be maintained when not in use?

    a. Chain
    b. Wire rope
    c. Webbing
    d. All of the above
4184: Which of the following lashing gear used aboard Ro-Ro vessels should be stowed when not in use?

    a. Chain
    b. Wire rope
    c. Webbing
    d. All of the above
4185: How could lashing gear used aboard Ro-Ro vessels be stowed when not in use?

    a. Drape along brackets
    b. Hang vertically in a sheltered area
    c. Stow in bins at hatch coming side
    d. All of the above
4186: How could lashing gear used aboard Ro-Ro vessels be stowed when not in use?

    a. Drape along brackets
    b. Leave in place while back loading cargo to save time
    c. Hang vertically in the paint locker
    d. All of the above
4186: How could lashing gear used aboard Ro-Ro vessels be stowed when not in use?

    a. Drape along brackets
    b. Leave in place while back loading cargo to save time
    c. Hang vertically in the paint locker
    d. All of the above
4187: Which of the following is the stated proper sequence before commencing cargo operations aboard Ro-Ro vessels?

    a. Start ventilation, lower the ramp, notify engine room
    b. Lower the ramp, start ventilation, notify engine room
    c. Notify engine room, lower the ramp, start ventilation
    d. Start ventilation, notify engine room, lower the ramp
4188: The most important safety consideration during loading or discharge aboard a Ro-Ro vessel is __________.

    a. having all crewmembers and longshoremen wear hard hats
    b. the thorough ventilation of all cargo spaces
    c. ensuring that visitors cannot come aboard
    d. having the outboard anchor down
4202: Which of the following statements is/are TRUE concerning cranes being installed on the centerline of vessels?

    a. One crane is able to work both sides of the ship.
    b. One crane is able to work one end of two adjacent hatches.
    c. They are more economical and weigh less.
    d. All of the above
4203: Which of the following statements is/are FALSE concerning cranes being installed on the centerline of vessels?

    a. One crane is able to work both sides of the ship.
    b. One crane is able to work one end of two adjacent hatches.
    c. A centerline crane can never work more than one hatch.
    d. All of the above
4204: Which of the following statements is FALSE concerning cranes being installed on the centerline of vessels?

    a. A centerline crane can never be operated in tandem.
    b. One crane is able to work one end of two adjacent hatches.
    c. These cranes are more economical and weigh less than outboard-mounted cranes.
    d. One crane is able to work both sides of the ship.
4205: Which piece of equipment is required to "twin-up" 30-ton pedestal cranes aboard a crane vessel?

    a. Portable power swivel
    b. Equalizing beam
    c. 20-foot container spreader
    d. 40-foot container spreader
4206: Which piece(s) of equipment is/are required to "twin-up" 30-ton pedestal cranes aboard a crane vessel?

    a. Equalizing beam
    b. Portable power swivel
    c. 20-foot container spreader
    d. All of the above
4207: Which piece of equipment is required to "twin-up" 30-ton pedestal cranes aboard a crane vessel?

    a. Portable power swivel
    b. 20-foot container spreader
    c. 40-foot container spreader
    d. None of the above
4208: What is the purpose of the equalizing beam aboard a crane vessel?

    a. It allows for rotation of the hook in the single mode.
    b. It is required to "twin-up" 30-ton pedestal cranes.
    c. It is used to pick up light loads.
    d. It is used to rigidly connect two cranes.
4209: Pedestal cranes have limit switches to restrict the movement of which function?

    a. Slew travel limits
    b. Turntable limits
    c. Luff travel limits
    d. All of the above
4210: Pedestal cranes have limit switches to restrict the movement of which function?

    a. Luff rate limits
    b. Slew travel limits
    c. Swivel power limits
    d. Slew rate limits
4211: Pedestal cranes have limit switches to restrict movement of which function(s)?

    a. Hoist upper & lower limits
    b. Luff travel limits
    c. Rider block hoist upper & lower limits
    d. All of the above
4212: What is another name for the boom of a crane?

    a. Lift
    b. Rider
    c. Jib
    d. All of the above
4213: What does a jib refer to on a crane?

    a. Boom
    b. Topping lift
    c. Control cab
    d. Liftline
4214: What does a jib refer to on a crane?

    a. Boom
    b. Topping lift
    c. Control cab
    d. Slewing control
4215: The electrical components for each single crane are installed in its __________.

    a. crane house
    b. machinery base
    c. turntable
    d. All of the above
4221: What does item "D" refer to in this illustration of a 30-ton pedestal crane? (D045DG )

    a. Heel block
    b. Gin block
    c. Rider block
    d. Hook block
4222: What does item "C" refer to in this illustration of a 30-ton pedestal crane? (D045DG )

    a. Equalizing beam
    b. Hoist fall spreader
    c. Rider block
    d. Block/hook assembly
4223: What does item "A" refer to in this illustration of a 30-ton pedestal crane? (D045DG )

    a. Boom luffing falls
    b. Cargo hoist falls
    c. Remote block tagline system
    d. Slewing cable
4224: What does item "K" refer to in this illustration of a 30-ton pedestal crane? (D045DG )

    a. Manual slewing cables
    b. Rider block taglines
    c. Jib luffing cables
    d. Cargo snaking cables
4225: What does item "G" refer to in this illustration of a 30-ton pedestal crane? (D045DG )

    a. Mast
    b. Pillar
    c. Turntable
    d. Pedestal
4226: What does item "E" refer to in this illustration of a 30-ton pedestal crane? (D045DG )

    a. Tagline
    b. Electric cable
    c. Cargo snaking wire
    d. Hook release cable
4227: Which of the following is/are the component(s) of a twin crane set as shown? (D047DG )

    a. Foundation assembly
    b. Turntable assembly
    c. Crane house assembly
    d. All of the above
4228: Which of the following is/are the component(s) of a twin crane set as shown? (D047DG )

    a. Boom assembly
    b. Hook block assembly
    c. Operator's cab
    d. All of the above
4229: Which of the following is/are the optional component(s) of a twin crane set as shown? (D047DG )

    a. Boom assembly
    b. Hook block assembly
    c. Rider block tagline system
    d. All of the above
4230: Which of the following is/are the optional component(s) of a twin crane set as shown? (D047DG )

    a. Boom assembly
    b. Hook block assembly
    c. Crane house assembly
    d. Rider block tagline system
4231: The 30 ton capacity pedestal cranes shown in the illustration can lift a maximum weight of how many tons in the single mode? (D047DG )

    a. 15 tons
    b. 30 tons
    c. 60 tons
    d. 120 tons
4232: The 30 ton capacity pedestal cranes shown in the illustration can lift a maximum weight of how many tons in the twin mode? (D049DG )

    a. 15 tons
    b. 30 tons
    c. 60 tons
    d. 120 tons
4233: The 30 ton capacity pedestal cranes shown in the illustration can lift a maximum weight of how many tons when two cranes are married together in twin with the other pair of cranes at the opposite end of the hatch? (D051DG )

    a. 30 tons
    b. 60 tons
    c. 90 tons
    d. 120 tons
4234: What describes a tandem crane lift?

    a. Single crane hoisting 30 tons
    b. Two cranes on a single pedestal hoisting 60 tons
    c. Two sets of twin cranes hoisting 120 tons
    d. All of the above
4235: What describes a twin crane lift?

    a. Single crane hoisting 30 tons
    b. Two cranes on a single pedestal hoisting 60 tons
    c. Two sets of twin cranes hoisting 120 tons
    d. All of the above
4236: What is another description for a tandem crane lift?

    a. Single crane hoisting 30 tons
    b. Twin cranes hoisting 60 tons
    c. Quad lift hoisting 120 tons
    d. All of the above
4237: What is used to power modern pedestal cranes?

    a. Steam
    b. Water
    c. Hydraulics
    d. All of the above
4237: What is used to power modern pedestal cranes?

    a. Steam
    b. Water
    c. Hydraulics
    d. All of the above
4238: Most pedestal crane power is provided by __________.

    a. Electro-hydraulic units
    b. Steam units
    c. Independent internal combustion power units
    d. All of the above
4239: Which safety precaution(s) should be observed during crane operations?

    a. Checking for proper lifting from beneath the load during cargo operations
    b. Using the proper slings or other lifting devices during cargo operations
    c. Relaying communications to port agents on the pier during cargo hoists
    d. All of the above
4240: It is the responsibility of the crane operator to, at all times, be aware of the location of the __________.

    a. load
    b. hook
    c. boom
    d. All of the above
4241: What should be given, as a minimum, to personnel who are involved in crane cargo handling?

    a. Protective head gear, gloves, and steel-toed safety shoes
    b. A survival suit for work on the stern or side port
    c. A life preserver for going aloft to work on the crane
    d. All of the above
4242: What is the advantage of the tandem working arrangement of pedestal cranes when operating cargo?

    a. The cranes enable the handling of heavy cargos without shoreside assistance
    b. The cargo discharge can be accomplished with controlled pendulation
    c. The cargo discharge can be performed in port or at anchor
    d. All of the above
4243: What is/are the advantage(s) of cranes over conventional cargo booms?

    a. Cranes are able to pick up and drop loads over a greater spotting area
    b. Increased safety because the deck is clear of running and standing rigging
    c. Simplicity of operation of the crane by its operator
    d. All of the above
4244: What is meant by the term "luffing the boom" of a crane?

    a. Stopping the boom
    b. Topping or lowering the boom
    c. Moving the boom left or right
    d. All of the above
4245: What is meant by the term "level-luffing" a crane?

    a. Luffing while the load remains at a constant height
    b. Maintaining the boom at a constant height
    c. Slewing the boom left or right in a level planet
    d. None of the above
4246: What does "level-luffing" accomplish during crane operations?

    a. It prevents the load from swinging when the boom level is adjusted.
    b. Less power is needed when topping the boom with a load on the hook.
    c. It maintains the height of the load above the deck.
    d. All of the above
4247: Which of the following statements is TRUE regarding crane operations?

    a. Radio communications allow the crane operator to disregard the use of hand signals.
    b. The crane operators and signalman must be familiar with the correct hand signals.
    c. The forward cranes can be operated from the bridge.
    d. The aft cranes can be operated from the aft steering station.
4248: Which of the following statements is/are TRUE regarding crane operations?

    a. The crane operator and signalman must be familiar with hand signals.
    b. The cranes can be operated from shoreside.
    c. The cranes can be operated from the bridge.
    d. All of the above
4249: Which action(s) are included in crane operations?

    a. Pre-operation of the anchor windlass
    b. Preparing steam on deck
    c. Luff, slew, and hoist operations
    d. All of the above
4250: Which action(s) is/are included in crane operations?

    a. Pre-operation checks and start-up
    b. Removing booms from stowage
    c. Luff, slew, and hoist operations
    d. All of the above
4251: Which action(s) is/are included in crane operations?

    a. Single-mode set-up & operation
    b. Twin-mode set-up & operation
    c. Normal boom stowage and shutdown operation
    d. All of the above
4252: Which action(s) is/are included in crane operations?

    a. Normal boom stowage and shutdown operations
    b. Emergency shutdown operation
    c. Removing booms from stowage
    d. All of the above
4253: Which of the following statement(s) is/are TRUE regarding twin pedestal cranes?

    a. Each single boom is of the partial-level luffing type and is capable of limited rotation.
    b. A slew drive system provides for rotation of each crane.
    c. An independent slew drive system rotates the turntable.
    d. All of the above
4254: Which of the following statement(s) is/are TRUE regarding twin pedestal cranes?

    a. Each single boom is of the partial-level luffing type and is capable of limited rotation.
    b. A slew drive system provides for rotation of each crane.
    c. Maintenance logs and records are to be kept for each crane.
    d. All of the above
4255: Which of the following statement(s) is/are TRUE regarding a twin pedestal crane set?

    a. The cranes may be operated independently.
    b. The cranes may be interconnected for twin operation.
    c. When twinned, the crane rotation on the foundation assembly is unlimited.
    d. All of the above
4256: Which of the following statement(s) is/are FALSE regarding a twin pedestal crane set?

    a. The cranes may be operated independently.
    b. The cranes may be interconnected for twin operation.
    c. The cranes are powered by independent internal combustion power units.
    d. All of the above
4257: Which of the following statement(s) is/are TRUE regarding twin pedestal cranes?

    a. A slew drive system provides for rotation of each crane.
    b. An independent slew drive system rotates the turntable.
    c. Each crane is supplied with luff, hoist, and slew functions for crane load handling.
    d. All of the above
4258: Which statement is TRUE regarding the operation of a crane?

    a. The crane jib is raised and lowered by the luffing winch.
    b. The crane jib is raised and lowered by the hoisting winch.
    c. The cargo block is raised and lowered by the luffing winch.
    d. The crane jib is raised and lowered by a jibing winch.
4259: Which statement is FALSE regarding the operation of a crane?

    a. The crane jib is raised and lowered by the luffing winch.
    b. The cargo block is raised and lowered by the hoisting winch.
    c. The cargo block is raised and lowered by the luffing winch.
    d. None of the above
4260: Which statement(s) is/are TRUE regarding the operation of a crane?

    a. The load is handled by the hoisting winch and cargo block.
    b. The crane jib is raised and lowered by the hoisting winch.
    c. The cargo block is raised and lowered by the luffing winch.
    d. All the above
4261: Who should be notified prior to starting up a crane?

    a. The pumpman
    b. The stevedore foreman
    c. The engine room
    d. All the above
4262: Which statement(s) is/are TRUE concerning crane cargo operations?

    a. Do not exceed rated load capacity of crane and container spreader or slings.
    b. During any cargo handling operation, the safety of personnel is paramount.
    c. Cargo handlers must be outfitted with adequate protection from personal injury.
    d. All the above
4263: Which statement(s) is/are TRUE concerning crane cargo operations?

    a. Lifting points on all equipment must be safely checked prior to commencing a lift.
    b. Cargo loaded into vehicles and/or containers prior to lifting needs to be properly secured so as to prevent shifting during transport.
    c. Never exceed crane manufacturer’s limits concerning the safe working loads of cargo jibs.
    d. All the above
4264: Which statement(s) is/are TRUE concerning crane cargo operations?

    a. Lifting points on all equipment need not be checked prior to commencing a lift.
    b. Cargo loaded into vehicles and/or containers prior to lifting need not be secured.
    c. Never exceed crane manufacturer’s limits concerning the safe working loads of cargo jibs.
    d. All the above
4265: Which statement(s) is/are FALSE concerning crane cargo operations?

    a. Lifting points on all equipment must be safely checked prior to commencing a lift.
    b. Cargo loaded into vehicles and/or containers prior to lifting need not be secured.
    c. Never exceed crane manufacturer’s limits concerning the safe working loads of cargo jibs.
    d. All the above
4266: Which statement is TRUE concerning the tandem working arrangement of pedestal cranes when completing a quad lift?

    a. The cranes require shoreside assistance to handle heavy cargos.
    b. The cargo discharge cannot be accomplished without pendulation.
    c. The cargo discharge cannot be performed at anchor.
    d. The discharge is slow due to the size of the cargo and all the cranes working together.
4267: Which statement is TRUE concerning the tandem working arrangement of pedestal cranes when completing a quad lift?

    a. The discharge is slow due to the size of the cargo and all the cranes working together.
    b. The cargo discharge can be accomplished with controlled pendulation.
    c. The cargo discharge can be performed in port or at anchor.
    d. The cranes enable the handling of heavy cargos without shoreside assistance.
4268: Which statement is TRUE concerning the tandem working arrangement of pedestal cranes when completing a quad lift?

    a. The cargo discharge can be accomplished with controlled pendulation.
    b. The discharge is slow due to the size of the cargo and all the cranes working together.
    c. The cargo discharge can be performed in port or at anchor.
    d. The cranes enable the handling of heavy cargos without shoreside assistance.
4269: Which action(s) should the operator of a pedestal crane take if crane control is lost?

    a. Let go of both control levers and return to neutral position.
    b. Press the emergency stop.
    c. Notify the mate on watch.
    d. All of the above
4270: Which immediate action should the operator of a pedestal crane take if crane control is lost?

    a. Let go of both control levers and return to neutral position.
    b. Call the engine room.
    c. Disconnect the power to the pedestal.
    d. Call the electrician.
4271: Which immediate action should the operator of a pedestal crane take if crane control is lost?

    a. Sound the general alarm.
    b. Return the control levers to the neutral positions.
    c. Notify port security.
    d. Hold the control levers all the way down.
4272: Which action should be taken immediately by the operator of a pedestal crane, if crane control is lost?

    a. Increase power to the crane to regain control.
    b. Place control levers in opposite positions.
    c. Let go of both control levers and return to the neutral positions.
    d. Check the circuit breakers.
4273: During which condition should the operator of a pedestal crane shutdown operations?

    a. Bunkering
    b. High winds
    c. Potable water spill on deck
    d. More than 3° list
4274: During which condition should the operator of a pedestal crane shutdown operations?

    a. Bunkering barge alongside
    b. Potable water spill on deck
    c. Crane hydraulic hose bursts
    d. Trim greater than 4 feet
4275: During which condition should the operator of a pedestal crane shutdown operations?

    a. Lightning
    b. High winds
    c. Fire aboard
    d. All of the above
4276: During which condition should the operator of a pedestal crane shutdown operations?

    a. Lightning in the vicinity
    b. An approaching squall line
    c. A fire on the pier
    d. All of the above
4277: Which wire rope purchases may be used with a 30-ton pedestal crane?

    a. Hoist
    b. Luff
    c. Rider block
    d. All of the above
4278: Which wire rope purchase(s) is/are optional with a 30-Ton pedestal crane?

    a. Hoist
    b. Luff
    c. Rider block
    d. All of the above
4279: Which statement is TRUE concerning a tagline as used with a 30-ton pedestal crane?

    a. Taglines are wire rope purchases that raise and lower the jib.
    b. Taglines are wire ropes payed-out or taken-in for horizontal positioning of the rider block.
    c. Taglines can be can be fastened to the corners of the jib when lifting containers.
    d. The taglines are wire rope purchease that raise and lower the topping lift.
4280: Which statement is FALSE concerning a tagline as used with a 30-ton pedestal crane?

    a. Taglines are wire rope purchases that raise and lower the jib.
    b. Taglines are wire ropes for horizontal positioning of the rider block.
    c. Taglines can be fastened to corners of vehicles or containers.
    d. The crane might not have taglines installed in its rigging system.
4281: Which statement is TRUE concerning a tagline as used with a 30-ton pedestal crane?

    a. Taglines are wire rope purchases that raise and lower the jib.
    b. Taglines are wire ropes payed-out or taken-in for positioning the crane pedestal.
    c. Taglines can be fastened to the corners of vehicles or containers during cargo operations.
    d. Taglines are wire rope purchases that raise and lower the topping lift.
4282: Which statement is TRUE concerning a tagline as used with a 30-ton pedestal crane?

    a. Taglines are wire rope purchases that raise and lower the jib.
    b. Taglines can be fastened to the corners of the jib when lifting containers.
    c. The crane might not have taglines installed in its rigging system.
    d. The taglines are wire rope purchases that raise and lower the topping lift.
4378: Which statement concerning an automatic towing engine is FALSE?

    a. It automatically maintains tow line tension.
    b. It prolongs the life of the hawser by distributing chafing as the hawser is paid out and taken in.
    c. As tension on the hawser increases, more line is taken in by the automatic towing engine.
    d. As tension on the hawser decreases, more line is taken in by the automatic towing engine.
4379: When relieving the helm, the new helmsman should know the __________.

    a. maximum rudder angle previously used
    b. gyro error
    c. variation
    d. course per magnetic steering compass
4381: What does item "D" refer to in this illustration of a 30-ton pedestal crane? (D045DG )

    a. Heel block
    b. Gin block
    c. Rider block
    d. Hook block
4382: What does item "C" refer to in this illustration of a 30-ton pedestal crane? (D045DG )

    a. Equalizing beam
    b. Hoist fall spreader
    c. Rider block
    d. Block/hook assembly
4383: What does item "A" refer to in this illustration of a 30-ton pedestal crane? (D045DG )

    a. Boom luffing falls
    b. Cargo hoist falls
    c. Remote block tagline system
    d. Slewing cable
4390: When a helmsman receives the command "Right 15 degrees rudder," the helmsman's immediate reply should be __________.

    a. "Rudder is right 15 degrees"
    b. "Aye Aye Sir"
    c. No reply is necessary, just carry out the order
    d. "Right 15 degrees rudder"
4391: A report of casualty to a vessel must include __________.

    a. the estimated cost of damage
    b. the amount of ballast on board
    c. the name of the owner or agent of the vessel
    d. an evaluation of who was at fault
4440: You are standing the wheelwatch when you hear the cry, "Man overboard, starboard side". You should instinctively __________.

    a. give full left rudder
    b. throw a life ring to mark the spot
    c. put the rudder amidships
    d. give full right rudder
4442: Insulating flanges minimize the dangers arising from __________.

    a. smoking on deck
    b. loading asphalt
    c. accumulations of electrostatic charges
    d. tank over-pressurization
4443: You are signing on a deck officer, who will be designated as one of the GMDSS operators, before sailing foreign. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. He/she must have an STCW certificate endorsed as "Valid for Service on Vessels Operating in the GMDSS System".
    b. He/she must present either an FCC-issued license or a Coast Guard-issued license.
    c. You must consult the "List of Qualifications" on the reverse of his/her FCC-issued license.
    d. His/her Merchant Mariners Document must have an added endorsement as "Radio Electronics Officer".
4875: The crane manufacturer's operating tables are posted near the __________.

    a. crane pedestal
    b. wire-rope locker
    c. main deck
    d. crane controls

Comments